diff --git a/freertos/croutine.c b/freertos/croutine.c index be171741..565691b4 100644 --- a/freertos/croutine.c +++ b/freertos/croutine.c @@ -1,353 +1,353 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "croutine.h" - -/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */ -#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 ) - -/* - * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather - * than file scope. - */ -#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER - #define static -#endif - - -/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ -static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ -static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ -static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ -static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ - -/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ -CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; -static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; -static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; - -/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ -#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) - -/* - * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue - * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. - * - * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be - * used from within an ISR. - */ -#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ -{ \ - if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ - { \ - uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ - } \ - vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ -} - -/* - * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called - * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. - */ -static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); - -/* - * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into - * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in - * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready - * list by the co-routine scheduler. - */ -static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); - -/* - * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to - * see if any require waking. - * - * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - - * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired - * we need not look any further down the list. - */ -static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ) -{ -BaseType_t xReturn; -CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine; - - /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ - pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) ); - if( pxCoRoutine ) - { - /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to - be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ - if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) - { - pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; - prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); - } - - /* Check the priority is within limits. */ - if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) - { - uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; - } - - /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ - pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; - pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; - pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; - pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; - - /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); - - /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t. - This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item - in a list. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); - - /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) ); - - /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready - list at the correct priority. */ - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; - } - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ) -{ -TickType_t xTimeToWake; - - /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is - not a problem. */ - xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; - - /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding - ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for - both lists. */ - ( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); - - if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) - { - /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the - overflow list. */ - vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - else - { - /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the - current block list. */ - vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - - if( pxEventList ) - { - /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the - function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ - vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) -{ - /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These - are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access - the ready lists itself. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; - - /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); - ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) -{ -CRCB_t *pxCRCB; - - xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; - while( xPassedTicks ) - { - xCoRoutineTickCount++; - xPassedTicks--; - - /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ - if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) - { - List_t * pxTemp; - - /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are - any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ - pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; - pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; - } - - /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); - - if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) - { - /* Timeout not yet expired. */ - break; - } - - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - /* The event could have occurred just before this critical - section. If this is the case then the generic list item will - have been moved to the pending ready list and the following - line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have - been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ - ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ - if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer ) - { - ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); - } - } - - xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) -{ - /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ - prvCheckPendingReadyList(); - - /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ - prvCheckDelayedList(); - - /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) - { - if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) - { - /* No more co-routines to check. */ - return; - } - --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; - } - - /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines - of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); - - /* Call the co-routine. */ - ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); - - return; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) -{ -UBaseType_t uxPriority; - - for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) - { - vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); - } - - vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); - vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); - vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); - - /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ - pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ) -{ -CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; -BaseType_t xReturn; - - /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access - event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a - check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ - pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); - ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) - { - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFALSE; - } - - return xReturn; -} - -#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */ - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "croutine.h" + +/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */ +#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 ) + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather + * than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + + +/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ +static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ +static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ +static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ +static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ + +/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ +CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; +static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; +static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; + +/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ +#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) + +/* + * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue + * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. + * + * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be + * used from within an ISR. + */ +#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ +{ \ + if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ + } \ + vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ +} + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. + */ +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); + +/* + * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into + * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in + * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready + * list by the co-routine scheduler. + */ +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); + +/* + * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to + * see if any require waking. + * + * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - + * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired + * we need not look any further down the list. + */ +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ) +{ +BaseType_t xReturn; +CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine; + + /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ + pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) ); + if( pxCoRoutine ) + { + /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to + be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ + if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) + { + pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; + prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); + } + + /* Check the priority is within limits. */ + if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; + } + + /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ + pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; + pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; + pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; + pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; + + /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t. + This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item + in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) ); + + /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready + list at the correct priority. */ + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ) +{ +TickType_t xTimeToWake; + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the + overflow list. */ + vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the + current block list. */ + vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxEventList ) + { + /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the + function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ + vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) +{ + /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These + are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access + the ready lists itself. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; + + /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) +{ +CRCB_t *pxCRCB; + + xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; + while( xPassedTicks ) + { + xCoRoutineTickCount++; + xPassedTicks--; + + /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ + if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) + { + List_t * pxTemp; + + /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are + any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ + pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); + + if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + /* Timeout not yet expired. */ + break; + } + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + /* The event could have occurred just before this critical + section. If this is the case then the generic list item will + have been moved to the pending ready list and the following + line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have + been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); + } + } + + xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) +{ + /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ + prvCheckPendingReadyList(); + + /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ + prvCheckDelayedList(); + + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) + { + if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) + { + /* No more co-routines to check. */ + return; + } + --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; + } + + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines + of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); + + /* Call the co-routine. */ + ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); + + return; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) +{ +UBaseType_t uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); + + /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ) +{ +CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; +BaseType_t xReturn; + + /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access + event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a + check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */ + diff --git a/freertos/event_groups.c b/freertos/event_groups.c index f28016c7..81c1965f 100644 --- a/freertos/event_groups.c +++ b/freertos/event_groups.c @@ -1,753 +1,753 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -/* Standard includes. */ -#include - -/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining -all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when -task.h is included from an application file. */ -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -/* FreeRTOS includes. */ -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "timers.h" -#include "event_groups.h" - -/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified -because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined -for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the -correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ -#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */ - -/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list -item value. It is important they don't clash with the -taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */ -#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 - #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U - #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U - #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U - #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U -#else - #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL - #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL - #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL - #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL -#endif - -typedef struct EventGroupDef_t -{ - EventBits_t uxEventBits; - List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */ - - #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber; - #endif - - #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */ - #endif -} EventGroup_t; - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met. - * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is - * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor - * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the - * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set - * in uxCurrentEventBits. - */ -static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - - EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) - { - EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; - - /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */ - configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer ); - - #if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 ) - { - /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a - variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real - event group structure. */ - volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t ); - configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); - } /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */ - #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */ - - /* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */ - pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */ - - if( pxEventBits != NULL ) - { - pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; - vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); - - #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - { - /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that - this event group was created statically in case the event group - is later deleted. */ - pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE; - } - #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ - - traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); - } - else - { - /* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with - pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time - allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */ - traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); - } - - return pxEventBits; - } - -#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - - EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) - { - EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; - - /* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as - follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are - aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case - pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the - alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you - follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type - (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the - stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the - TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases, - where the natural word size of the architecture is less than - sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two - or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that - of each individual read. */ - pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */ - - if( pxEventBits != NULL ) - { - pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; - vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); - - #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - { - /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this - event group was allocated statically in case the event group is - later deleted. */ - pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE; - } - #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ - - traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); - } - else - { - traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */ - } - - return pxEventBits; - } - -#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) -{ -EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn; -EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded; -BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; - - configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); - configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); - #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) - { - configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); - } - #endif - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - - ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); - - if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) - { - /* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */ - uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ); - - /* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared - already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */ - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; - - xTicksToWait = 0; - } - else - { - if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) - { - traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ); - - /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the - task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is - found. Then enter the blocked state. */ - vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait ); - - /* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after - the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a - warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the - assignment is omitted. */ - uxReturn = 0; - } - else - { - /* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was - specified - just return the current event bit value. */ - uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); - - if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) - { - if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - - /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this - point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If - the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's - event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ - uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); - - if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - - /* Although the task got here because it timed out before the - bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it - unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case - then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */ - if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) - { - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ - } - - /* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be - returned. */ - uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; - } - - traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); - - /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ - ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; - - return uxReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) -{ -EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0; -BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded; -BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; - - /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel - itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */ - configASSERT( xEventGroup ); - configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); - configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); - #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) - { - configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); - } - #endif - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - - /* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */ - xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ); - - if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to - block. */ - uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; - xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0; - - /* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */ - if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) - { - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 ) - { - /* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was - specified, so just return the current value. */ - uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; - xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - /* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be - set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of - this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits - unblock the task. */ - if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) - { - uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - - if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE ) - { - uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - - /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the - task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is - found. Then enter the blocked state. */ - vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait ); - - /* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but - some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable - being returned without being set if it is not done. */ - uxReturn = 0; - - traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ); - } - } - xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); - - if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) - { - if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - - /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this - point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If - the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's - event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ - uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); - - if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ - uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - - /* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this - task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */ - if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE ) - { - if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) - { - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - else - { - /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ - } - - /* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */ - uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; - } - traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); - - /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ - ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; - - return uxReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) -{ -EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -EventBits_t uxReturn; - - /* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel - itself. */ - configASSERT( xEventGroup ); - configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); - - /* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being - cleared. */ - uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - - /* Clear the bits. */ - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return uxReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) - - BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) - { - BaseType_t xReturn; - - traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); - xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) -{ -UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus; -EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -EventBits_t uxReturn; - - uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); - { - uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; - } - portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); - - return uxReturn; -} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) -{ -ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext; -ListItem_t const *pxListEnd; -List_t const * pxList; -EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits; -EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE; - - /* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel - itself. */ - configASSERT( xEventGroup ); - configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); - - pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); - pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); - - pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ); - - /* Set the bits. */ - pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet; - - /* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */ - while( pxListItem != pxListEnd ) - { - pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ); - uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ); - xMatchFound = pdFALSE; - - /* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */ - uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; - uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; - - if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - /* Just looking for single bit being set. */ - if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - xMatchFound = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor ) - { - /* All bits are set. */ - xMatchFound = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - /* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */ - } - - if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */ - if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - - /* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list - item before removing the task from the event list. The - eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows - that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather - than because it timed out. */ - vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); - } - - /* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not - used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list - and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */ - pxListItem = pxNext; - } - - /* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT - bit was set in the control word. */ - pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; - } - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); - - return pxEventBits->uxEventBits; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) -{ -EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; -const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ); - - while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) - { - /* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted - and cannot therefore have any bits set. */ - configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) ); - vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); - } - - #if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) - { - /* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free - it again. */ - vPortFree( pxEventBits ); - } - #elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - { - /* The event group could have been allocated statically or - dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */ - if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE ) - { - vPortFree( pxEventBits ); - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ - } - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from -an interrupt. */ -void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) -{ - ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from -an interrupt. */ -void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) -{ - ( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) -{ -BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE; - - if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE ) - { - /* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be - set. Is one already set? */ - if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) - { - xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - else - { - /* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set. - Are they set already? */ - if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) - { - xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); - } - } - - return xWaitConditionMet; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) - - BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) - { - BaseType_t xReturn; - - traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); - xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) - - UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) - { - UBaseType_t xReturn; - EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ - - if( xEventGroup == NULL ) - { - xReturn = 0; - } - else - { - xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber; - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) - { - ( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ - } - -#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* FreeRTOS includes. */ +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "timers.h" +#include "event_groups.h" + +/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified +because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined +for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the +correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */ + +/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list +item value. It is important they don't clash with the +taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */ +#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 + #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U + #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U + #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U + #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U +#else + #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL + #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL + #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL + #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL +#endif + +typedef struct EventGroupDef_t +{ + EventBits_t uxEventBits; + List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */ + + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber; + #endif + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */ + #endif +} EventGroup_t; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met. + * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is + * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor + * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the + * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set + * in uxCurrentEventBits. + */ +static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) + { + EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; + + /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */ + configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer ); + + #if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 ) + { + /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a + variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real + event group structure. */ + volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t ); + configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); + } /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */ + #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */ + + /* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */ + pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */ + + if( pxEventBits != NULL ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; + vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); + + #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + { + /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that + this event group was created statically in case the event group + is later deleted. */ + pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE; + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + /* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with + pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time + allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */ + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + + return pxEventBits; + } + +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) + { + EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; + + /* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as + follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are + aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case + pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the + alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you + follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type + (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the + stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the + TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases, + where the natural word size of the architecture is less than + sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two + or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that + of each individual read. */ + pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */ + + if( pxEventBits != NULL ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; + vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); + + #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + { + /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this + event group was allocated statically in case the event group is + later deleted. */ + pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE; + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */ + } + + return pxEventBits; + } + +#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) +{ +EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn; +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded; +BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); + #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + { + configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); + } + #endif + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + + if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + /* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */ + uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ); + + /* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared + already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + + xTicksToWait = 0; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ); + + /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the + task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is + found. Then enter the blocked state. */ + vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after + the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a + warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the + assignment is omitted. */ + uxReturn = 0; + } + else + { + /* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was + specified - just return the current event bit value. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this + point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If + the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's + event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ + uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); + + if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Although the task got here because it timed out before the + bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it + unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case + then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */ + if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ + } + + /* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be + returned. */ + uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + } + + traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); + + /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ + ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0; +BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded; +BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel + itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); + #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + { + configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); + } + #endif + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */ + xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ); + + if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to + block. */ + uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; + xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0; + + /* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */ + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + /* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was + specified, so just return the current value. */ + uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be + set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of + this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits + unblock the task. */ + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE ) + { + uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the + task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is + found. Then enter the blocked state. */ + vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but + some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable + being returned without being set if it is not done. */ + uxReturn = 0; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ); + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this + point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If + the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's + event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ + uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); + + if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this + task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */ + if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE ) + { + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + else + { + /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ + } + + /* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */ + uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + } + traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); + + /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ + ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel + itself. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); + + /* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being + cleared. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Clear the bits. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) + { + BaseType_t xReturn; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); + xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) +{ +UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus; +EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn; + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return uxReturn; +} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) +{ +ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext; +ListItem_t const *pxListEnd; +List_t const * pxList; +EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits; +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel + itself. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + + pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); + pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + + pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ); + + /* Set the bits. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet; + + /* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */ + while( pxListItem != pxListEnd ) + { + pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ); + uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ); + xMatchFound = pdFALSE; + + /* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */ + uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + + if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + /* Just looking for single bit being set. */ + if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + xMatchFound = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor ) + { + /* All bits are set. */ + xMatchFound = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */ + } + + if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */ + if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list + item before removing the task from the event list. The + eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows + that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather + than because it timed out. */ + vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); + } + + /* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not + used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list + and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */ + pxListItem = pxNext; + } + + /* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT + bit was set in the control word. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + return pxEventBits->uxEventBits; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ); + + while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) + { + /* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted + and cannot therefore have any bits set. */ + configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) ); + vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); + } + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) + { + /* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free + it again. */ + vPortFree( pxEventBits ); + } + #elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + { + /* The event group could have been allocated statically or + dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */ + if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE ) + { + vPortFree( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from +an interrupt. */ +void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) +{ + ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from +an interrupt. */ +void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) +{ + ( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) +{ +BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE; + + if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be + set. Is one already set? */ + if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else + { + /* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set. + Are they set already? */ + if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + + return xWaitConditionMet; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) + { + BaseType_t xReturn; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) + + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) + { + UBaseType_t xReturn; + EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ + + if( xEventGroup == NULL ) + { + xReturn = 0; + } + else + { + xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) + { + ( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + diff --git a/freertos/include/FreeRTOS.h b/freertos/include/FreeRTOS.h index c4b5c3b0..bd065557 100644 --- a/freertos/include/FreeRTOS.h +++ b/freertos/include/FreeRTOS.h @@ -1,1186 +1,1335 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H -#define INC_FREERTOS_H - -/* - * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. - */ -#include - -/* - * If stdint.h cannot be located then: - * + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used. - * + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your - * compiler stores stdint.h. - * + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically - * stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any - * other way). - * + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be - * used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only - * contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions - * in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information. - */ -#include /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Application specific configuration options. */ -#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" - -/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ -#include "projdefs.h" - -/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ -#include "portable.h" - -/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */ -#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT - #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 -#endif - -/* Required if struct _reent is used. */ -#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) - #include -#endif -/* - * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. - * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined - * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. - */ - -#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE - #error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value. -#endif - -#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES - #error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1 - #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION - #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK - #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK - #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS - #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES - #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet - #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet - #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete - #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend - #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil - #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay - #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay - #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder - #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder - #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark - #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState - #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR - #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall - #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 -#endif - -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 - #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1. - #endif -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK - #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG - #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS - #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES - #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES - #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS - #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES - #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API - #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB - #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 -#endif - -#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD - #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 -#endif - -#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 - #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h -#endif - -#ifndef configASSERT - #define configASSERT( x ) - #define configASSERT_DEFINED 0 -#else - #define configASSERT_DEFINED 1 -#endif - -/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ -#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 - - #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ - - #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ - - #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ - -#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ - -#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR - #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR - #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue -#endif - -#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB - #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB -#endif - -#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK - #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending ) -#endif - -#ifndef portSETUP_TCB - #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB -#endif - -#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE - #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U -#endif - -#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 ) - #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) - #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) - #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE - #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t -#endif - -/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ -#ifndef traceSTART - /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file - into which trace is to be written. */ - #define traceSTART() -#endif - -#ifndef traceEND - /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been - written. */ - #define traceEND() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN - /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer - to the task control block of the selected task. */ - #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() -#endif - -#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT - /* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle - sleep. */ - #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN - /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */ - #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN() -#endif - -#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END - /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */ - #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT - /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer - to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ - #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT - /* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a - lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task - that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder - will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the - muted. */ - #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT - /* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in - the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task. - pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the - mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */ - #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE - /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a - queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore - upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the - task that attempted the read. */ - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK - /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a - queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore - upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the - task that attempted the read. */ - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND - /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a - queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore - upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the - task that attempted the write. */ - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW - #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS - #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H - #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H 0 -#endif - -/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ - -#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE - #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) -#endif - -#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE - #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE - #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX - #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED - #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE - #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED - #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE - #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED - #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE - #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED - #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND - #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK - #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR - #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE - #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE - #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE - #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL - #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY - #define traceTASK_DELAY() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET - #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND - #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME - #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR - #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK - #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE - #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND - #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED - #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED - #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceMALLOC - #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceFREE - #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE - #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ) -#endif - -#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL - #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) -#endif - -#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR - #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD - #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR - #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR() -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR - #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) -#endif - -#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS - #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 -#endif - -#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - - #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS - #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. - #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ - - #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. - #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ - #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ - -#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ - -#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS - #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK - #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT - #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 ) -#endif - -#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API - #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD -#endif - -#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP - #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) -#endif - -#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP - #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2 -#endif - -#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2 - #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE - #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING - #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) -#endif - -#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING - #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) -#endif - -#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING - #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS - #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT - #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT() -#endif - -#ifndef portTASK_CALLS_SECURE_FUNCTIONS - #define portTASK_CALLS_SECURE_FUNCTIONS() -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING - #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1 -#endif - -#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS - #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS - #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID - #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY - #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0 -#endif - -#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER - #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER() -#endif - -#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY - #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY() -#endif - -#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR - #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR() -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION - #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP - #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS - #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO - #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC - #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION - /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */ - #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION - /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */ - #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1 -#endif - -#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE - /* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden - in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */ - #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uint16_t -#endif - -#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE - /* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden - in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes - in a size_t. */ - #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE size_t -#endif - -/* Sanity check the configuration. */ -#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) - #if( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 ) - #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0 - #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ -#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ - -#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) - #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1. -#endif - -#if( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) ) - #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes -#endif - -#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT - #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT 0 -#endif - -#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) - /* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or - portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when - the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */ - #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() - #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() - #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() - #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) ) -#else - /* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the - tick count is returned can be defined away. */ - #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() - #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() - #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 - #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x -#endif - -/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to -V8 if desired. */ -#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY - #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1 -#endif - -#ifndef configPRINTF - /* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing. To use - configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is - provided by the application writer): - - void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... ); - #define configPRINTF( X ) MyPrintFunction X - - Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around - all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter. For example: - configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */ - #define configPRINTF( X ) -#endif - -#ifndef configMAX - /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define - the following generic implementation. */ - #define configMAX( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) -#endif - -#ifndef configMIN - /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define - the following generic implementation. */ - #define configMIN( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) -#endif - -#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1 - #define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState - #define portTickType TickType_t - #define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t - #define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t - #define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t - #define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t - #define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t - #define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t - #define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t - #define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t - #define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t - #define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t - #define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t - #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t - #define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS - #define pcTaskGetTaskName pcTaskGetName - #define pcTimerGetTimerName pcTimerGetName - #define pcQueueGetQueueName pcQueueGetName - #define vTaskGetTaskInfo vTaskGetInfo - - /* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions - are not really required but are included for completeness. */ - #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t - #define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t - #define xListItem ListItem_t - #define xList List_t - - /* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure - members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */ - #define pxContainer pvContainer -#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */ - -#if( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 ) - #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0 -#endif - -/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even -if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use. -This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating -point support. */ -#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT - #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT 1 -#endif - -/* - * In line with software engineering best practice, FreeRTOS implements a strict - * data hiding policy, so the real structures used by FreeRTOS to maintain the - * state of tasks, queues, semaphores, etc. are not accessible to the application - * code. However, if the application writer wants to statically allocate such - * an object then the size of the object needs to be know. Dummy structures - * that are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirements of the - * real objects are used for this purpose. The dummy list and list item - * structures below are used for inclusion in such a dummy structure. - */ -struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM -{ - TickType_t xDummy1; - void *pvDummy2[ 4 ]; -}; -typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t; - -/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ -struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM -{ - TickType_t xDummy1; - void *pvDummy2[ 2 ]; -}; -typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t; - -/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ -typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST -{ - UBaseType_t uxDummy1; - void *pvDummy2; - StaticMiniListItem_t xDummy3; -} StaticList_t; - -/* - * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a - * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a - * strict data hiding policy. This means the Task structure used internally by - * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application - * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then - * the size of the task object needs to be know. The StaticTask_t structure - * below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment requirements are - * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which - * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h - * are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will - * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members. - */ -typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB -{ - void *pxDummy1; - #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - xMPU_SETTINGS xDummy2; - #endif - StaticListItem_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; - UBaseType_t uxDummy5; - void *pxDummy6; - uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ]; - #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) ) - void *pxDummy8; - #endif - #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy9; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy10[ 2 ]; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy12[ 2 ]; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - void *pxDummy14; - #endif - #if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 ) - void *pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ]; - #endif - #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - uint32_t ulDummy16; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) - struct _reent xDummy17; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) - uint32_t ulDummy18; - uint8_t ucDummy19; - #endif - #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - uint8_t uxDummy20; - #endif - - #if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) - uint8_t ucDummy21; - #endif - #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 ) - int iDummy22; - #endif -} StaticTask_t; - -/* - * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a - * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a - * strict data hiding policy. This means the Queue structure used internally by - * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application - * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a queue - * then the size of the queue object needs to be know. The StaticQueue_t - * structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment - * requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no - * matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in - * FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope - * users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the - * structure members. - */ -typedef struct xSTATIC_QUEUE -{ - void *pvDummy1[ 3 ]; - - union - { - void *pvDummy2; - UBaseType_t uxDummy2; - } u; - - StaticList_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; - UBaseType_t uxDummy4[ 3 ]; - uint8_t ucDummy5[ 2 ]; - - #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - uint8_t ucDummy6; - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) - void *pvDummy7; - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy8; - uint8_t ucDummy9; - #endif - -} StaticQueue_t; -typedef StaticQueue_t StaticSemaphore_t; - -/* - * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a - * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a - * strict data hiding policy. This means the event group structure used - * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if - * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to - * create an event group then the size of the event group object needs to be - * know. The StaticEventGroup_t structure below is provided for this purpose. - * Its sizes and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the - * genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter - * how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat - * obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make - * direct use of the structure members. - */ -typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP -{ - TickType_t xDummy1; - StaticList_t xDummy2; - - #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy3; - #endif - - #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - uint8_t ucDummy4; - #endif - -} StaticEventGroup_t; - -/* - * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a - * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a - * strict data hiding policy. This means the software timer structure used - * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if - * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to - * create a software timer then the size of the queue object needs to be know. - * The StaticTimer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes - * and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine - * structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the - * values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in - * the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of - * the structure members. - */ -typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER -{ - void *pvDummy1; - StaticListItem_t xDummy2; - TickType_t xDummy3; - UBaseType_t uxDummy4; - void *pvDummy5; - TaskFunction_t pvDummy6; - #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy7; - #endif - - #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) - uint8_t ucDummy8; - #endif - -} StaticTimer_t; - -/* -* In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a -* library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a -* strict data hiding policy. This means the stream buffer structure used -* internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if -* the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to -* create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be -* know. The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. -* Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the -* genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter -* how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat -* obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make -* direct use of the structure members. -*/ -typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER -{ - size_t uxDummy1[ 4 ]; - void * pvDummy2[ 3 ]; - uint8_t ucDummy3; - #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - UBaseType_t uxDummy4; - #endif -} StaticStreamBuffer_t; - -/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */ -typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H +#define INC_FREERTOS_H + +/* + * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. + */ +#include + +/* + * If stdint.h cannot be located then: + * + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used. + * + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your + * compiler stores stdint.h. + * + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically + * stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any + * other way). + * + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be + * used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only + * contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions + * in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information. + */ +#include /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Application specific configuration options. */ +#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" + +/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ +#include "projdefs.h" + +/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ +#include "portable.h" + +/* Picolibc doesn't have reent.h */ +#ifdef _PICOLIBC__ + #undef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT + #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 +#endif + +/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */ +#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT + #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 +#endif + +/* Required if struct _reent is used. */ +#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + #include +#endif +#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 ) + #include +#endif + +/* + * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. + * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. + */ + +#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + #error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value. +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES + #error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1 + #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION + #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS + #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES + #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet + #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend + #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay + #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_pxTaskGetStackStart + #define INCLUDE_pxTaskGetStackStart 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState + #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR + #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall + #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 + #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES + #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1. + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK + #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS + #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS + #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES + #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API + #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB + #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN + #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD + #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 +#endif + +#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 + #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h +#endif + +#ifndef configASSERT + #define configASSERT( x ) + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 0 +#else + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 1 +#endif + +/* configPRECONDITION should be resolve to configASSERT. + The CBMC proofs need a way to track assumptions and assertions. + A configPRECONDITION statement should express an implicit invariant or assumption made. + A configASSERT statement should express an invariant that must hold explicit before calling + the code. */ +#ifndef configPRECONDITION + #define configPRECONDITION( X ) configASSERT(X) + #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED 0 +#else + #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED 1 +#endif + +#ifndef portMEMORY_BARRIER + #define portMEMORY_BARRIER() +#endif + +/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + +#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB + #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK + #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending ) +#endif + +#ifndef portSETUP_TCB + #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE + #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U +#endif + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 ) + #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) + #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE + #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t +#endif + +/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ +#ifndef traceSTART + /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file + into which trace is to be written. */ + #define traceSTART() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEND + /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been + written. */ + #define traceEND() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN + /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the selected task. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT + /* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle + sleep. */ + #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN + /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END + /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT + /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT + /* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a + lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task + that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder + will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the + muted. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT + /* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in + the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task. + pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the + mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND + /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the write. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS + #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H + #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H 0 +#endif + +/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceREADDED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define traceREADDED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_DELAYED_LIST + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_DELAYED_LIST() +#endif + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_OVERFLOW_DELAYED_LIST + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_OVERFLOW_DELAYED_LIST() +#endif + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_SUSPENDED_LIST + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_SUSPENDED_LIST( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND + #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE + #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE + #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE + #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL + #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY + #define traceTASK_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND + #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME + #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK + #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE + #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED + #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceMALLOC + #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceFREE + #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL + #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR + #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD + #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER + #define traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER() +#endif + +#ifndef traceISR_EXIT + #define traceISR_EXIT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceISR_ENTER + #define traceISR_ENTER() +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) +#endif + +#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 +#endif + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. + #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. + #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + +#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + +#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK + #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT + #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API + #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD +#endif + +#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP + #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) +#endif + +#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP + #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2 +#endif + +#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2 + #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE + #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS + #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT + #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT() +#endif + +#ifndef portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT + #define portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( ulSecureStackSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef portDONT_DISCARD + #define portDONT_DISCARD +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING + #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS + #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS + #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID + #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY + #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER + #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER() +#endif + +#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY + #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR + #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION + #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP + #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS + #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO + #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC + #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION + /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */ + #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION + /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */ + #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE + /* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden + in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */ + #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uint16_t +#endif + +#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE + /* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden + in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes + in a size_t. */ + #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE size_t +#endif + +/* Sanity check the configuration. */ +#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + #if( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 ) + #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0 + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ + +#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) + #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1. +#endif + +#if( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) ) + #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes +#endif + +#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT + #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT 0 +#endif + +#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) + /* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or + portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when + the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */ + #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() + #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) ) +#else + /* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the + tick count is returned can be defined away. */ + #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 + #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x +#endif + +/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to +V8 if desired. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY + #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configPRINTF + /* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing. To use + configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is + provided by the application writer): + + void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... ); + #define configPRINTF( X ) MyPrintFunction X + + Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around + all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter. For example: + configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */ + #define configPRINTF( X ) +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX + /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define + the following generic implementation. */ + #define configMAX( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) +#endif + +#ifndef configMIN + /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define + the following generic implementation. */ + #define configMIN( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) +#endif + +#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1 + #define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState + #define portTickType TickType_t + #define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t + #define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t + #define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t + #define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t + #define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t + #define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t + #define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t + #define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t + #define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t + #define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t + #define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t + #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t + #define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS + #define pcTaskGetTaskName pcTaskGetName + #define pcTimerGetTimerName pcTimerGetName + #define pcQueueGetQueueName pcQueueGetName + #define vTaskGetTaskInfo vTaskGetInfo + + /* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions + are not really required but are included for completeness. */ + #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t + #define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t + #define xListItem ListItem_t + #define xList List_t + + /* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure + members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */ + #define pxContainer pvContainer +#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */ + +#if( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 ) + #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0 +#endif + +/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even +if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use. +This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating +point support. */ +#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT + #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT 1 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_MPU to 1 to enable MPU support and 0 to disable it. This is +currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_MPU + #define configENABLE_MPU 0 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_FPU to 1 to enable FPU support and 0 to disable it. This is +currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_FPU + #define configENABLE_FPU 1 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it. +This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE + #define configENABLE_TRUSTZONE 1 +#endif + +/* Set configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY to 1 to run the FreeRTOS ARMv8M port on +the Secure Side only. */ +#ifndef configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY + #define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY 0 +#endif + +/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using + * dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known + * that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed. Sometimes the + * FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically + * allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither + * the task's stack or TCB should be freed. Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h + * settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically + * allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the + * stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is + * deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is + * made to free the RAM that was allocated statically. + * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a + * task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM. Note + * that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with + * a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB. + * + * The following table lists various combinations of portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS, + * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and + * when it is possible to have both static and dynamic allocation: + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + * | MPU | Dynamic | Static | Available Functions | Possible Allocations | Both Dynamic and | Need Free | + * | | | | | | Static Possible | | + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + * | 0 | 0 | 1 | xTaskCreateStatic | TCB - Static, Stack - Static | No | No | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 0 | 1 | 0 | xTaskCreate | TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | No | Yes | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 0 | 1 | 1 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateStatic | 2. TCB - Static, Stack - Static | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 0 | 1 | xTaskCreateStatic, | TCB - Static, Stack - Static | No | No | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic | | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 1 | 0 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestricted | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 1 | 1 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateStatic, | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static | | | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestricted, | 3. TCB - Static, Stack - Static | | | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic | | | | + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + */ +#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE ( ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || \ + ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) ) + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, FreeRTOS implements a strict + * data hiding policy, so the real structures used by FreeRTOS to maintain the + * state of tasks, queues, semaphores, etc. are not accessible to the application + * code. However, if the application writer wants to statically allocate such + * an object then the size of the object needs to be know. Dummy structures + * that are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirements of the + * real objects are used for this purpose. The dummy list and list item + * structures below are used for inclusion in such a dummy structure. + */ +struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + TickType_t xDummy2; + void *pvDummy3[ 4 ]; + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy4; + #endif +}; +typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t; + +/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ +struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + TickType_t xDummy2; + void *pvDummy3[ 2 ]; +}; +typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t; + +/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + UBaseType_t uxDummy2; + void *pvDummy3; + StaticMiniListItem_t xDummy4; + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy5; + #endif +} StaticList_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the Task structure used internally by + * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application + * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then + * the size of the task object needs to be know. The StaticTask_t structure + * below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment requirements are + * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which + * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h + * are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will + * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB +{ + void *pxDummy1; + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + xMPU_SETTINGS xDummy2; + #endif + StaticListItem_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; + UBaseType_t uxDummy5; + void *pxDummy6; + uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ]; + #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) ) + void *pxDummy8; + #endif + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy9; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy10[ 2 ]; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy12[ 2 ]; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + void *pxDummy14; + #endif + #if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 ) + void *pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ]; + #endif + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + uint32_t ulDummy16; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + struct _reent xDummy17; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 && configTLS_STATIC_SIZE > 0 ) + uint8_t uxDummy17[configTLS_STATIC_SIZE]; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) + uint32_t ulDummy18; + uint8_t ucDummy19; + #endif + #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) + uint8_t uxDummy20; + #endif + + #if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) + uint8_t ucDummy21; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 ) + int iDummy22; + #endif +} StaticTask_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the Queue structure used internally by + * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application + * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a queue + * then the size of the queue object needs to be know. The StaticQueue_t + * structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment + * requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no + * matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope + * users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the + * structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_QUEUE +{ + void *pvDummy1[ 3 ]; + + union + { + void *pvDummy2; + UBaseType_t uxDummy2; + } u; + + StaticList_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; + UBaseType_t uxDummy4[ 3 ]; + uint8_t ucDummy5[ 2 ]; + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucDummy6; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + void *pvDummy7; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy8; + uint8_t ucDummy9; + #endif + +} StaticQueue_t; +typedef StaticQueue_t StaticSemaphore_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the event group structure used + * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if + * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to + * create an event group then the size of the event group object needs to be + * know. The StaticEventGroup_t structure below is provided for this purpose. + * Its sizes and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the + * genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter + * how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat + * obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make + * direct use of the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP +{ + TickType_t xDummy1; + StaticList_t xDummy2; + + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy3; + #endif + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucDummy4; + #endif + +} StaticEventGroup_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the software timer structure used + * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if + * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to + * create a software timer then the size of the queue object needs to be know. + * The StaticTimer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes + * and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine + * structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the + * values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in + * the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of + * the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER +{ + void *pvDummy1; + StaticListItem_t xDummy2; + TickType_t xDummy3; + void *pvDummy5; + TaskFunction_t pvDummy6; + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy7; + #endif + uint8_t ucDummy8; + +} StaticTimer_t; + +/* +* In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a +* library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a +* strict data hiding policy. This means the stream buffer structure used +* internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if +* the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to +* create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be +* know. The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. +* Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the +* genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter +* how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat +* obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make +* direct use of the structure members. +*/ +typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER +{ + size_t uxDummy1[ 4 ]; + void * pvDummy2[ 3 ]; + uint8_t ucDummy3; + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy4; + #endif +} StaticStreamBuffer_t; + +/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */ +typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ + diff --git a/freertos/include/StackMacros.h b/freertos/include/StackMacros.h index b6eaec3f..000d8665 100644 --- a/freertos/include/StackMacros.h +++ b/freertos/include/StackMacros.h @@ -1,133 +1,133 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H -#define STACK_MACROS_H - -#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */ - #warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released. -#endif - -/* - * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped - * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the - * past. - * - * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check - * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to - * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 - * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value - * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been - * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed - * stack will always be recognised. - */ - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \ - const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \ - \ - if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ - static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ - \ - \ - pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ - \ - /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ - if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */ -#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() -#endif - - - -#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H +#define STACK_MACROS_H + +#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */ + #warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released. +#endif + +/* + * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped + * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the + * past. + * + * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check + * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to + * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 + * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value + * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been + * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed + * stack will always be recognised. + */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \ + const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \ + \ + if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ + static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */ +#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() +#endif + + + +#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ + diff --git a/freertos/include/atomic.h b/freertos/include/atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b388775 --- /dev/null +++ b/freertos/include/atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +/** + * @file atomic.h + * @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support. + * + * This file implements atomic by disabling interrupts globally. + * Implementation with architecture specific atomic instructions + * are to be provided under each compiler directory. + */ + +#ifndef ATOMIC_H +#define ATOMIC_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h" +#endif + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section. + * Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h + * + * Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with + * ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(). + * */ +#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR ) + + /* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */ + #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \ + UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() + + #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \ + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType ) + +#else + + /* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */ + #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + +#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */ + +/* Port specific definition -- "always inline". + * Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your optimization level. + * Also, inline is considerred as performance optimization for atomic. + * Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h, instead of resulting error, + * simply define it. + */ +#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE + #define portFORCE_INLINE +#endif + +#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */ +#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */ + +/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic compare-and-swap + * + * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values. + * + * @param[in, out] pDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and checked. + * @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory. + * @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition. + * + * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped. + * + * @note This function only swaps *pDestination with ulExchange, if previous + * *pDestination value equals ulComparand. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pDestination, + uint32_t ulExchange, + uint32_t ulComparand ) +{ + + uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + if ( *pDestination == ulComparand ) + { + *pDestination = ulExchange; + ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS; + } + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulReturnValue; + +} + +/** + * Atomic swap (pointers) + * + * @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppDestination to the value + * of *pExchange. + * + * @param[in, out] ppDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer + * value is to be loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] pExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppDestination. + * + * @return The initial value of *ppDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( + void * volatile * ppDestination, + void * pExchange ) +{ + void * pReturnValue; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + pReturnValue = *ppDestination; + + *ppDestination = pExchange; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return pReturnValue; +} + +/** + * Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers) + * + * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer + * values. + * + * @param[in, out] ppDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer + * value is to be loaded and checked. + * @param[in] pExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory. + * @param[in] pComparand Swap condition. + * + * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped. + * + * @note This function only swaps *ppDestination with pExchange, if previous + * *ppDestination value equals pComparand. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( + void * volatile * ppDestination, + void * pExchange, void * pComparand ) +{ + uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + if ( *ppDestination == pComparand ) + { + *ppDestination = pExchange; + ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS; + } + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulReturnValue; +} + + +/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic add + * + * @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to. + * + * @param[in,out] pAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pAddend. + * + * @return previous *pAddend value. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pAddend, + uint32_t ulCount ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pAddend; + + *pAddend += ulCount; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic subtract + * + * @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer + * pointers to. + * + * @param[in,out] pAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pAddend. + * + * @return previous *pAddend value. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pAddend, + uint32_t ulCount ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pAddend; + + *pAddend -= ulCount; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic increment + * + * @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to. + * + * @param[in,out] pAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * + * @return *pAddend value before increment. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pAddend ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pAddend; + + *pAddend += 1; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic decrement + * + * @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to + * + * @param[in,out] pAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * + * @return *pAddend value before decrement. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pAddend ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pAddend; + + *pAddend -= 1; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic OR + * + * @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pDestination; + + *pDestination |= ulValue; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic AND + * + * @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pDestination; + + *pDestination &= ulValue; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic NAND + * + * @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pDestination; + + *pDestination = ~(ulCurrent & ulValue); + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/** + * Atomic XOR + * + * @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( + uint32_t volatile * pDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + + ulCurrent = *pDestination; + + *pDestination ^= ulValue; + + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ATOMIC_H */ diff --git a/freertos/include/croutine.h b/freertos/include/croutine.h index 6f66fdcb..a7817493 100644 --- a/freertos/include/croutine.h +++ b/freertos/include/croutine.h @@ -1,720 +1,720 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H -#define CO_ROUTINE_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" -#endif - -#include "list.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The -control block structure however has to be included in the header due to -the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ -typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t; - -/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ -typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t ); - -typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock -{ - crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; - ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ - ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ - UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ - UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ - uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ -} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */ - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
-                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
-                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex
-                               );
- * - * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are - * ready to run. - * - * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine - * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB - * documentation for more information. - * - * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which - * the co-routine will run. - * - * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that - * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section - * of the WEB documentation for further information. - * - * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready - * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
- static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
-         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
-         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
-         // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
-         // already been created.
-         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
-         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // Function that creates two co-routines.
- void vOtherFunction( void )
- {
- uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
- TaskHandle_t xHandle;
-
-     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
-     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
-     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
-     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
-     {
-         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
-     }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ); - - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
- * - * Run a co-routine. - * - * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able - * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is - * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one - * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. - * - * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then - * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task - * hook). - * - * Example usage: - 
- // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
- // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
- void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- {
-	vCoRoutineSchedule();
- }
-
- // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
- // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
- // infinite loop.
- void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- {
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        vCoRoutineSchedule();
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
- crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
- * - * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static int32_t ulAVariable;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
- crEND();
- * - * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static int32_t ulAVariable;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crEND() } - -/* - * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation - * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. - */ -#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): -#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
- * - * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. - * - * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay - * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by - * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS - * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- // We are to delay for 200ms.
- static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-        // Delay for 200ms.
-        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
-
-        // Do something here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ - if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ - { \ - vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ - } \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); - -/** - * 
- crQUEUE_SEND(
-                  CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
-                  QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
-                  void *pvItemToQueue,
-                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                  BaseType_t *pxResult
-             )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine - * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas - * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. - * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using - * the xQueueCreate() API function. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. - * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is - * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue - * itself. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block - * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be - * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined - * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant - * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example - * below). - * - * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if - * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an - * error defined within ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
- // a queue.
- static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
- static BaseType_t xResult;
-
-    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
-    crSTART( xHandle );
-
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
-        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-        if( xResult != pdPASS )
-        {
-            // The message was not posted!
-        }
-
-        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
-        xNumberToPost++;
-
-        // Delay for 100 ticks.
-        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
-    }
-
-    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-    crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ -{ \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ - } \ - if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *pxResult = pdPASS; \ - } \ -} - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
-                     CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
-                     QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
-                     void *pvBuffer,
-                     TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                     BaseType_t *pxResult
-                 )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine - * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas - * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. - * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using - * the xQueueCreate() API function. - * - * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. - * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is - * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block - * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be - * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined - * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant - * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the - * crQUEUE_SEND example). - * - * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if - * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to - * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
- // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
- static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static BaseType_t xResult;
- static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
-
-    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-    crSTART( xHandle );
-
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
-        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-        if( xResult == pdPASS )
-        {
-            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
-            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
-        }
-    }
-
-    crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ -{ \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ - } \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ - } \ -} - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
-                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
-                            void *pvItemToQueue,
-                            BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
-                       )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the - * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() - * functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to - * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and - * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and - * ISR. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue - * that is being used from within a co-routine. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto - * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call - * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in - * the value returned from the previous call. - * - * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is - * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following - * the ISR. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
- static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- char cRxedChar;
- BaseType_t xResult;
-
-     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
-         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
-         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-         // Was a character received?
-         if( xResult == pdPASS )
-         {
-             // Process the character here.
-         }
-     }
-
-     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
- // a co-routine.
- void vUART_ISR( void )
- {
- char cRxedChar;
- BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-
-     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
-     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
-     {
-         // Obtain the character from the UART.
-         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
-
-         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
-         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
-         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
-         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
-         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
-         // many characters are posted to the queue.
-         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
-     }
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) - - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
-                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
-                            void *pvBuffer,
-                            BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
-                       )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the - * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() - * functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to - * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and - * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and - * ISR. - * - * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data - * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine - * posted to the queue). - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be - * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into - * pvBuffer. - * - * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become - * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a - * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise - * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. - * - * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise - * pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
- // period.  The character is incremented each time.
- static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- {
- // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
- // be declared static.
- static char cCharToTx = 'a';
- BaseType_t xResult;
-
-     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // Send the next character to the queue.
-         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-         if( xResult == pdPASS )
-         {
-             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
-         }
-		 else
-		 {
-			// Could not post the character to the queue.
-		 }
-
-         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
-		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
-		 // from the queue and send it.
-		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
-
-		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
-		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
-		 // declared static.
-		 cCharToTx++;
-		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
-		 {
-			cCharToTx = 'a';
-		 }
-		 crDELAY( 100 );
-     }
-
-     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
- void vUART_ISR( void )
- {
- char cCharToTx;
- BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-
-     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
-     {
-         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
-		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
-		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
-		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
-         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
-		 {
-			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
-		 }
-     }
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) - -/* - * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. - * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the - * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application - * writers. - * - * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the - * appropriate delayed list. - */ -void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ); - -/* - * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. - * The function should not be used by application writers. - * - * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in - * the pending ready list. - */ -BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H +#define CO_ROUTINE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" +#endif + +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The +control block structure however has to be included in the header due to +the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ +typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t; + +/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t ); + +typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock +{ + crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; + ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ + ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ + UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ + UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ + uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ +} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */ + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
+                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex
+                               );
+ * + * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are + * ready to run. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine + * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB + * documentation for more information. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which + * the co-routine will run. + * + * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that + * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section + * of the WEB documentation for further information. + * + * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+         // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+         // already been created.
+         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+     {
+         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+     }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ); + + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+ * + * Run a co-routine. + * + * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able + * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is + * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one + * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. + * + * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then + * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task + * hook). + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+	vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        vCoRoutineSchedule();
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crEND();
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crEND() } + +/* + * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation + * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. + */ +#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): +#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
+ * + * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. + * + * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay + * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by + * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS + * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+        // Delay for 200ms.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+        // Do something here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ + if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ + { \ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ + } \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); + +/** + * 
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+                  CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                  QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                  void *pvItemToQueue,
+                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                  BaseType_t *pxResult
+             )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue + * itself. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example + * below). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an + * error defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+
+    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult != pdPASS )
+        {
+            // The message was not posted!
+        }
+
+        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+        xNumberToPost++;
+
+        // Delay for 100 ticks.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+    }
+
+    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+                     CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                     QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                     void *pvBuffer,
+                     TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                     BaseType_t *pxResult
+                 )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the + * crQUEUE_SEND example). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to + * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+ static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
+
+    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult == pdPASS )
+        {
+            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+        }
+    }
+
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvItemToQueue,
+                            BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue + * that is being used from within a co-routine. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto + * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call + * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in + * the value returned from the previous call. + * + * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is + * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following + * the ISR. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         // Was a character received?
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // Process the character here.
+         }
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Obtain the character from the UART.
+         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+         // many characters are posted to the queue.
+         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) + + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvBuffer,
+                            BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data + * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine + * posted to the queue). + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be + * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into + * pvBuffer. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a + * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise + * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise + * pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Send the next character to the queue.
+         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+         }
+		 else
+		 {
+			// Could not post the character to the queue.
+		 }
+
+         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+		 // from the queue and send it.
+		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+		 // declared static.
+		 cCharToTx++;
+		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+		 {
+			cCharToTx = 'a';
+		 }
+		 crDELAY( 100 );
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+		 {
+			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+		 }
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. + * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the + * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application + * writers. + * + * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the + * appropriate delayed list. + */ +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ); + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. + * The function should not be used by application writers. + * + * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in + * the pending ready list. + */ +BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ diff --git a/freertos/include/deprecated_definitions.h b/freertos/include/deprecated_definitions.h index c7478473..4d0ce011 100644 --- a/freertos/include/deprecated_definitions.h +++ b/freertos/include/deprecated_definitions.h @@ -1,279 +1,279 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H -#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H - - -/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a -pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct -portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour -of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct -portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the -portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The -definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New -projects should not use them. */ - -#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR - #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR - #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT - #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT - #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT - #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT - #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef _FEDPICC - #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL - #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARM7 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_MSP430 - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MSP430 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 - #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS - #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM7_GCC - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM7_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef LPC2000_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR71X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR75X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR75X_GCC - #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR91X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_H8S - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 - #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR - #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef TERN_EE - #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_HCS12 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC - #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR - #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_PPC405 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_PPC440 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE - #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT - /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal - FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ - #include "frconfig.h" - #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT - /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal - FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ - #include "frconfig.h" - #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef __GNUC__ - #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ - #include "portmacro.h" - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ - #ifdef __CORE__ - #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ - #include "portmacro.h" - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __91467D - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __96340 - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */ - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H +#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H + + +/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a +pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct +portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour +of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct +portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the +portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The +definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New +projects should not use them. */ + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _FEDPICC + #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL + #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MSP430 + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS + #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef LPC2000_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR71X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_GCC + #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR91X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_H8S + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef TERN_EE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_HCS12 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC + #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC405 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC440 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ + #ifdef __CORE__ + #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __91467D + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __96340 + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */ + diff --git a/freertos/include/event_groups.h b/freertos/include/event_groups.h index e40c544b..522b0b6c 100644 --- a/freertos/include/event_groups.h +++ b/freertos/include/event_groups.h @@ -1,757 +1,757 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H -#define EVENT_GROUPS_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h" -#endif - -/* FreeRTOS includes. */ -#include "timers.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a - * meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey - * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN - * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The - * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN - * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the - * CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events - * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified - * bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus - * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore - * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are - * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task - * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or - * send a SYNC). - * - * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race - * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple - * variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect - * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to - * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are - * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a - * 'rendezvous'). - * - * \defgroup EventGroup - */ - - - -/** - * event_groups.h - * - * Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to - * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then - * be used as a parameter to other event group functions. - * - * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -struct EventGroupDef_t; -typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t; - -/* - * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the - * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1, - * 32 bits if set to 0. - * - * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -typedef TickType_t EventBits_t; - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
- EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
-
- * - * Create a new event group. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] - * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event - * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. - * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created - * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead - * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. - * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created - * without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation - * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent - * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If - * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit - * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has - * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store - * event bits within an event group. - * - * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is - * returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the - * event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html - * - * Example usage: - 
-	// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
-	EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
-
-	// Attempt to create the event group.
-	xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
-
-	// Was the event group created successfully?
-	if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
-	{
-		// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
-		// FreeRTOS heap available.
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		// The event group was created.
-	}
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
- EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
-
- * - * Create a new event group. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] - * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event - * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. - * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created - * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead - * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. - * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created - * without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation - * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent - * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If - * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit - * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has - * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store - * event bits within an event group. - * - * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type - * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data - * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. - * - * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is - * returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
-	// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
-	// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
-	// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
-	// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
-	// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
-	// real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
-	// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
-	// the event group's data structures
-	StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
-
-	// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
-	xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
-
- */ -#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( 	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-										const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-										const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-										const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-										const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-
- * - * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a - * previously created event group. - * - * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The - * event group must have previously been created using a call to - * xEventGroupCreate(). - * - * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test - * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set - * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set - * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. - * - * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within - * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before - * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function - * returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to - * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to - * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns. - * - * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then - * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor - * are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to - * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set - * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block - * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait - * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by - * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. - * - * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited - * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know - * which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout - * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If - * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set - * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were - * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to - * pdTRUE. - * - * Example usage: - 
-   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
-   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
-
-   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-   {
-   EventBits_t uxBits;
-   const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
-
-		// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
-		// the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
-		uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
-					xEventGroup,	// The event group being tested.
-					BIT_0 | BIT_4,	// The bits within the event group to wait for.
-					pdTRUE,			// BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
-					pdFALSE,		// Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
-					xTicksToWait );	// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
-
-		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-		{
-			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
-			// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
-		}
-   }
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
-
- * - * Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an - * interrupt. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. - * - * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear - * in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to - * 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. - * - * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared. - * - * Example usage: - 
-   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
-   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
-
-   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-   {
-   EventBits_t uxBits;
-
-		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-		uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
-								xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
-								BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
-
-		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-		{
-			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
-			// called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
-			// now be clear.
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
-			// now be clear.
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
-		}
-   }
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
-
- * - * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt. - * - * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there - * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being - * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed - * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed - * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As - * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service - * routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the - * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer - * task. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. - * - * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear. - * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3 - * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. - * - * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then - * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned - * if the timer service queue was full. - * - * Example usage: - 
-   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
-   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
-
-   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
-   // xEventGroupCreate().
-   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
-
-   void anInterruptHandler( void )
-   {
-		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-		xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
-							xEventGroup,	 // The event group being updated.
-							BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
-
-		if( xResult == pdPASS )
-		{
-			// The message was posted successfully.
-		}
-  }
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#else - #define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ) -#endif - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
-
- * - * Set bits within an event group. - * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() - * is a version that can be called from an interrupt. - * - * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are - * blocked waiting for the bits. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. - * - * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. - * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 - * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. - * - * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to - * xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value - * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First, - * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the - * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically - * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any - * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of - * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the - * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns. - * - * Example usage: - 
-   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
-   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
-
-   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-   {
-   EventBits_t uxBits;
-
-		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-		uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
-							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
-							BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
-
-		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
-		{
-			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
-			// cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
-			// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
-			// state.
-		}
-		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
-		{
-			// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
-			// cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
-			// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
-			// state.
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
-			// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
-			// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
-		}
-   }
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
- * - * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt. - * - * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there - * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being - * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in - * interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() - * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the - * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a - * critical section. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. - * - * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. - * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 - * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function - * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the - * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the - * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by - * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be - * requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the - * example code below. - * - * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then - * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned - * if the timer service queue was full. - * - * Example usage: - 
-   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
-   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
-
-   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
-   // xEventGroupCreate().
-   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
-
-   void anInterruptHandler( void )
-   {
-   BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
-
-		// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
-		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-
-		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
-		xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
-							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
-							BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
-							&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-		// Was the message posted successfully?
-		if( xResult == pdPASS )
-		{
-			// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
-			// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
-			// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
-			// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
-			portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-		}
-  }
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#else - #define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) -#endif - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupSync(	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-									const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-									const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-									TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-
- * - * Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of - * bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically - * used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other - * tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding. - * - * This function cannot be used from an interrupt. - * - * The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified - * by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In - * this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically - * cleared before the function returns. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The - * event group must have previously been created using a call to - * xEventGroupCreate(). - * - * @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining - * if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait - * parameter are set. - * - * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test - * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set - * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set - * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait - * for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. - * - * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited - * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know - * which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout - * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If - * xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were - * set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were - * automatically cleared. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Bits used by the three tasks.
- #define TASK_0_BIT		( 1 << 0 )
- #define TASK_1_BIT		( 1 << 1 )
- #define TASK_2_BIT		( 1 << 2 )
-
- #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
-
- // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks.  It is assumed this event
- // group has already been created elsewhere.
- EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
-
- void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
- {
- EventBits_t uxReturn;
- TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
-
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		// Perform task functionality here.
-
-		// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
-		// sync point.  The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
-		// by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
-		// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait a maximum of 100ms
-		// for this to happen.
-		uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
-
-		if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
-		{
-			// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
-			// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
-		}
-	}
- }
-
- void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		// Perform task functionality here.
-
-		// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
-		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
-		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
-		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
-		// indefinitely for this to happen.
-		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
-
-		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
-		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
-		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
-	 }
- }
-
- void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		// Perform task functionality here.
-
-		// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
-		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
-		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
-		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
-		// indefinitely for this to happen.
-		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
-
-		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
-		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
-		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
-	}
- }
-
-
- * \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-
- * - * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function - * cannot be used from an interrupt. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. - * - * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called. - * - * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 ) - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-
- * - * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. - * - * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called. - * - * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR - * \ingroup EventGroup - */ -EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * event_groups.h - *
-	void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
-
- * - * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to - * xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be - * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value. - * - * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted. - */ -void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* For internal use only. */ -void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - - -#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) - UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */ - - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H +#define EVENT_GROUPS_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h" +#endif + +/* FreeRTOS includes. */ +#include "timers.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a + * meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey + * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN + * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The + * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN + * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the + * CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events + * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified + * bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus + * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore + * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are + * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task + * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or + * send a SYNC). + * + * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race + * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple + * variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect + * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to + * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are + * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a + * 'rendezvous'). + * + * \defgroup EventGroup + */ + + + +/** + * event_groups.h + * + * Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to + * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then + * be used as a parameter to other event group functions. + * + * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +struct EventGroupDef_t; +typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t; + +/* + * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the + * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1, + * 32 bits if set to 0. + * + * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +typedef TickType_t EventBits_t; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
+
+ * + * Create a new event group. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] + * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event + * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. + * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created + * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead + * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. + * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation + * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent + * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If + * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit + * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has + * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store + * event bits within an event group. + * + * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is + * returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the + * event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html + * + * Example usage: + 
+	// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
+	EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
+
+	// Attempt to create the event group.
+	xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
+
+	// Was the event group created successfully?
+	if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
+	{
+		// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
+		// FreeRTOS heap available.
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The event group was created.
+	}
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+ * + * Create a new event group. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] + * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event + * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. + * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created + * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead + * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. + * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation + * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent + * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If + * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit + * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has + * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store + * event bits within an event group. + * + * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type + * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data + * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is + * returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+	// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
+	// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
+	// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
+	// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
+	// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
+	// real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
+	// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
+	// the event group's data structures
+	StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
+
+	// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
+	xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
+
+ */ +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( 	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+										const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+										const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+										const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+										const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+ * + * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a + * previously created event group. + * + * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The + * event group must have previously been created using a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). + * + * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test + * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. + * + * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within + * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function + * returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to + * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns. + * + * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then + * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor + * are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to + * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set + * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block + * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait + * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by + * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited + * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know + * which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout + * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set + * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were + * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to + * pdTRUE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+   const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+		// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
+		// the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
+					xEventGroup,	// The event group being tested.
+					BIT_0 | BIT_4,	// The bits within the event group to wait for.
+					pdTRUE,			// BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
+					pdFALSE,		// Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
+					xTicksToWait );	// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
+			// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
+
+ * + * Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an + * interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. + * + * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear + * in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to + * 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. + * + * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
+								xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+								BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
+			// called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there + * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being + * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed + * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed + * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As + * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service + * routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the + * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer + * task. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. + * + * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear. + * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. + * + * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then + * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned + * if the timer service queue was full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	 // The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
+
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// The message was posted successfully.
+		}
+  }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + #define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ) +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+
+ * + * Set bits within an event group. + * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() + * is a version that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are + * blocked waiting for the bits. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. + * + * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. + * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to + * xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value + * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First, + * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the + * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically + * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any + * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of + * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the + * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
+			// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
+			// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there + * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being + * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in + * interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() + * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the + * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a + * critical section. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. + * + * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. + * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function + * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the + * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the + * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by + * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be + * requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the + * example code below. + * + * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then + * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned + * if the timer service queue was full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+   BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
+
+		// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
+		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
+							&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		// Was the message posted successfully?
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+			// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
+			// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
+			// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
+			portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+  }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + #define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSync(	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+									TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+ * + * Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of + * bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically + * used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other + * tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding. + * + * This function cannot be used from an interrupt. + * + * The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified + * by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In + * this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically + * cleared before the function returns. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The + * event group must have previously been created using a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). + * + * @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining + * if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait + * parameter are set. + * + * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test + * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait + * for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited + * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know + * which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout + * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If + * xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were + * set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were + * automatically cleared. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Bits used by the three tasks.
+ #define TASK_0_BIT		( 1 << 0 )
+ #define TASK_1_BIT		( 1 << 1 )
+ #define TASK_2_BIT		( 1 << 2 )
+
+ #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
+
+ // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks.  It is assumed this event
+ // group has already been created elsewhere.
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
+
+ void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ EventBits_t uxReturn;
+ TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// sync point.  The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
+		// by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
+		// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait a maximum of 100ms
+		// for this to happen.
+		uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
+		{
+			// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
+			// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
+		}
+	}
+ }
+
+ void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	}
+ }
+
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function + * cannot be used from an interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. + * + * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called. + * + * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 ) + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. + * + * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called. + * + * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be + * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted. + */ +void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* For internal use only. */ +void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */ + + diff --git a/freertos/include/list.h b/freertos/include/list.h index 43e0ffff..73b4f3aa 100644 --- a/freertos/include/list.h +++ b/freertos/include/list.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ typedef struct xLIST * Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. * - * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER * \ingroup LinkedList */ #define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner ) @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ typedef struct xLIST #define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext ) /* - * Return the list item at the head of the list. + * Return the next list item. * * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT * \ingroup LinkedList diff --git a/freertos/include/message_buffer.h b/freertos/include/message_buffer.h index e62e42d2..df95241b 100644 --- a/freertos/include/message_buffer.h +++ b/freertos/include/message_buffer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -62,6 +62,10 @@ #ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H #define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h" +#endif + /* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */ #include "stream_buffer.h" @@ -692,6 +696,7 @@ size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) ); * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement */ #define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) +#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */ /** * message_buffer.h diff --git a/freertos/include/mpu_prototypes.h b/freertos/include/mpu_prototypes.h index 8510d402..d5a199e6 100644 --- a/freertos/include/mpu_prototypes.h +++ b/freertos/include/mpu_prototypes.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -38,117 +38,119 @@ #define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H /* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */ -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ); -void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ); -void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ); -void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ); -void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ); -eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ); -void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ); -void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ); -void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ); -void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ); -void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ); -void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ); -TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ); -char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ); -void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ); -TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ); -void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ); -void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ); -void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ); -void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ); -void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ); -void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ); +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; /* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */ -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ); -void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ); -void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ); -QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ); -QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ); -QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ); -void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ); -uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ); +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; /* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */ -TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ); -TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ); -void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ); -void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ); -TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ); -TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ); -TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ); -BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ); +TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; /* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */ -EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ); -EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ); -EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ); -EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ); -EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ); -UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ); +EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; /* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */ -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); -void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ); -BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ); -StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ); -StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ); +size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; +StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL; diff --git a/freertos/include/mpu_wrappers.h b/freertos/include/mpu_wrappers.h index f7a53c5e..8a03de10 100644 --- a/freertos/include/mpu_wrappers.h +++ b/freertos/include/mpu_wrappers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ #define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName #define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag #define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer @@ -76,10 +77,12 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ #define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats + #define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter #define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify #define xTaskNotifyWait MPU_xTaskNotifyWait #define ulTaskNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake #define xTaskNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear + #define xTaskCatchUpTicks MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle #define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState @@ -124,6 +127,7 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ #define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle #define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall #define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName + #define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode #define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod #define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime #define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand @@ -140,10 +144,8 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ /* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */ #define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend - #define xStreamBufferSendFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR #define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive #define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes - #define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR #define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete #define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull #define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty @@ -160,12 +162,14 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ (useful when using statically allocated objects). */ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data"))) + #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions"))) #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data"))) + #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section( "freertos_system_calls"))) #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ @@ -173,6 +177,7 @@ only for ports that are using the MPU. */ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION #define PRIVILEGED_DATA + #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0 #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ diff --git a/freertos/include/portable.h b/freertos/include/portable.h index 15f0e650..dea03aaa 100644 --- a/freertos/include/portable.h +++ b/freertos/include/portable.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -84,6 +84,14 @@ must be set in the compiler's include path. */ #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1 #endif +#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING + #define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portARCH_NAME + #define portARCH_NAME NULL +#endif + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -97,18 +105,39 @@ extern "C" { * */ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 ) + StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #else + StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #endif #else - StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 ) + StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #else + StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #endif #endif -/* Used by heap_5.c. */ +/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region +that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */ typedef struct HeapRegion { uint8_t *pucStartAddress; size_t xSizeInBytes; } HeapRegion_t; +/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */ +typedef struct xHeapStats +{ + size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */ + size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */ + size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */ + size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */ + size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */ + size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */ + size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */ +} HeapStats_t; + /* * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task, @@ -122,6 +151,11 @@ typedef struct HeapRegion */ void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +/* + * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current + * heap state. + */ +void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats ); /* * Map to the memory management routines required for the port. diff --git a/freertos/include/projdefs.h b/freertos/include/projdefs.h index c8621737..dbcf9bb4 100644 --- a/freertos/include/projdefs.h +++ b/freertos/include/projdefs.h @@ -1,124 +1,124 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef PROJDEFS_H -#define PROJDEFS_H - -/* - * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this - * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included. - */ -typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * ); - -/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be -overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the -definition here is not suitable for your application. */ -#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS - #define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) ) -#endif - -#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) -#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 ) - -#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE ) -#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE ) -#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) -#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) - -/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */ -#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 ) -#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 ) -#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 ) - -/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */ -#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES - #define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0 -#endif - -#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 ) - #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a -#else - #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL -#endif - -/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS -itself. */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */ -#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */ - -/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS -itself. */ -#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 -#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 - -/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */ -#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN - - -#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */ - - - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef PROJDEFS_H +#define PROJDEFS_H + +/* + * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this + * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included. + */ +typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * ); + +/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be +overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the +definition here is not suitable for your application. */ +#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS + #define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) ) +#endif + +#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) +#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 ) + +#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE ) +#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE ) +#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) +#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 ) + +/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */ +#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 ) +#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 ) +#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 ) + +/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */ +#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES + #define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0 +#endif + +#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 ) + #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a +#else + #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL +#endif + +/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS +itself. */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */ +#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */ + +/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS +itself. */ +#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 +#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 + +/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */ +#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN + + +#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */ + + + diff --git a/freertos/include/queue.h b/freertos/include/queue.h index 1967cca9..dd8ebc0e 100644 --- a/freertos/include/queue.h +++ b/freertos/include/queue.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ uint32_t ulVarToSend, ulValReceived; // name of the yield function required is port specific. if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost ) { - taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR(); + portYIELD_FROM_ISR(); } } diff --git a/freertos/include/semphr.h b/freertos/include/semphr.h index 53b158af..32b4e5ec 100644 --- a/freertos/include/semphr.h +++ b/freertos/include/semphr.h @@ -1,1140 +1,1140 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H -#define SEMAPHORE_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h" -#endif - -#include "queue.h" - -typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t; - -#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 1U ) -#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U ) -#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U ) - - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )
- * - * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a - * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! - * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html - * - * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the - * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using - * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the - * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores - * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the - * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'. - * - * Macro that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism. - * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0 - * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the - * queue is empty or full. - * - * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or - * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once - * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while - * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of - * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative - * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \ - { \ - ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \ - if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \ - { \ - ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \ - } \ - } -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )
- * - * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the - * new semaphore can be referenced. - * - * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a - * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! - * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block - * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored. If a binary semaphore - * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary() - * function. (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a binary semaphore - * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer - * must provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a - * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this - * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using - * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the - * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores - * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the - * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'. - * - * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or - * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once - * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while - * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of - * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative - * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to - * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )
- * - * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the - * new semaphore can be referenced. - * - * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a - * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! - * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block - * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored. If a binary semaphore - * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary() - * function. (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a binary semaphore - * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer - * must provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a - * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or - * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once - * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while - * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of - * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative - * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, - * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the - * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. - * - * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is - * returned. If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
-    // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
-    // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
-    // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
-    // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
-    // return NULL.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
-
-    // Rest of task code goes here.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ) -#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreTake(
- *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
- *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
- *               )
- * - * Macro to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when - * the semaphore was created. - * - * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become - * available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a - * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block - * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided - * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h). - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE - * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a semaphore.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
- }
-
- // A task that uses the semaphore.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
-            // semaphore.
-            xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( - * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex, - * TickType_t xBlockTime - * ) - * - * Macro to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore. - * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this - * macro to be available. - * - * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the - * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become - * available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a - * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If - * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will - * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime - * expired without the semaphore becoming available. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a mutex.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- }
-
- // A task that uses the mutex.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xMutex != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
-            // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-            // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-            // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-            // a more complex call structure.
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-
-            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
-            // available to another task until it has also been given back
-            // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-            // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
-            // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-
-            // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )
- * - * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake(). - * - * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for - * an alternative which can be used from an ISR. - * - * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(). - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the - * handle returned when the semaphore was created. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred. - * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is - * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the - * semaphore was not first obtained correctly. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-    xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
-            // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
-        }
-
-        // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
-        // immediately available.
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
-        {
-            // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
-            // semaphore.
-            if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-            {
-                // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
-                // obtained the semaphore to get here.
-            }
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )
- * - * Macro to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore. - * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this - * macro to be available. - * - * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the - * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a mutex.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- }
-
- // A task that uses the mutex.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xMutex != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
-        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
-			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-			// a more complex call structure.
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
-
-            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
-			// available to another task until it has also been given back
-			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-			// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
-			// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
-			// unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-
-			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
- xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
-                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
-                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-                      )
- * - * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). - * - * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) - * must not be used with this macro. - * - * This macro can be used from an ISR. - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the - * handle returned when the semaphore was created. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
- \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT	10
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- // Repetitive task.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
-        // was created before this task was started.
-
-        // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // It is time to execute.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
-            // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
-            // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
-			// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- // Timer ISR
- void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
- {
- static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
- static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-
-    // A timer tick has occurred.
-
-    // ... Do other time functions.
-
-    // Is it time for vATask () to run?
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-    ucLocalTickCount++;
-    if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
-    {
-        // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
-        xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-        // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
-        ucLocalTickCount = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-    {
-        // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
-        // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
-        // to find the syntax required.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
- xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
-                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
-                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-                      )
- * - * Macro to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have - * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). - * - * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) - * must not be used with this macro. - * - * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR - * is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a - * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource - * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available). - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the - * handle returned when the semaphore was created. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise - * pdFALSE - */ -#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )
- * - * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which - * the new mutex can be referenced. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block - * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a mutex is created - * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically - * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a mutex is created using - * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the - * memory. xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created - * without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() - * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created - * semaphore is returned. If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex - * data structures then NULL is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )
- * - * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which - * the new mutex can be referenced. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block - * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a mutex is created - * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically - * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a mutex is created using - * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the - * memory. xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created - * without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() - * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, - * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for - * the memory to be allocated dynamically. - * - * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created - * mutex is returned. If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
-    // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
-    // attempted.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
-
-    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
-    // so there is no need to check it.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ - #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) ) -#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ - - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )
- * - * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle - * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block - * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is - * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a recursive mutex is created using - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must - * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex. - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to - * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the - * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The - * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used. - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type - * SemaphoreHandle_t. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )
- * - * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle - * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced. - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block - * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is - * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is - * automatically dynamically allocated inside the - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a recursive mutex is created using - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must - * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex. - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to - * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the - * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The - * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used. - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, - * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure, - * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. - * - * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the - * created recursive mutex is returned. If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is - * returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
-    // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
-    // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
-    // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
-    // attempted.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
-
-    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
-    // so there is no need to check it.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore ) -#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
- * - * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the - * new counting semaphore can be referenced. - * - * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a - * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore! - * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a - * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored. If a - * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the - * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a counting semaphore is created - * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can - * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting - * semaphore. xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting - * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: - * - * 1) Counting events. - * - * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time - * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler - * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event - * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore - * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the - * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the - * initial count value to be zero. - * - * 2) Resource management. - * - * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources - * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a - * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value - * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the - * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count - * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be - * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. - * - * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the - * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. - * - * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is - * created. - * - * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be - * created. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-    // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
-    // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) ) -#endif - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )
- * - * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the - * new counting semaphore can be referenced. - * - * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a - * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore! - * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html - * - * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a - * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored. If a - * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the - * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function. (see - * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a counting semaphore is created - * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must - * provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a - * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. - * - * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: - * - * 1) Counting events. - * - * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time - * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler - * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event - * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore - * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the - * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the - * initial count value to be zero. - * - * 2) Resource management. - * - * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources - * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a - * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value - * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the - * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count - * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be - * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. - * - * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the - * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. - * - * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is - * created. - * - * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, - * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the - * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. - * - * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to - * the created counting semaphore is returned. If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL - * then NULL is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
- SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
-
-    // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
-    // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
-    // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
-    // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
-    // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
-    // memory allocation will be used.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
-
-    // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
-    // is no need to check its value.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) - #define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) ) -#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * - * Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example, - * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task. - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted. - * - * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) ) - -/** - * semphr.h - * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
- * - * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder. - * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held - * by a task), return NULL. - * - * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex - * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as - * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value - * being tested. - */ -#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) ) - -/** - * semphr.h - * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
- * - * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder. - * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held - * by a task), return NULL. - * - */ -#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) ) - -/** - * semphr.h - * 
UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * - * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns - * its current count value. If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then - * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the - * semaphore is not available. - * - */ -#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) ) - -#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */ - - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H +#define SEMAPHORE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h" +#endif + +#include "queue.h" + +typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t; + +#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 1U ) +#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U ) +#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U ) + + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )
+ * + * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a + * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! + * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html + * + * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the + * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using + * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the + * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores + * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the + * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'. + * + * Macro that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism. + * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0 + * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the + * queue is empty or full. + * + * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or + * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once + * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while + * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of + * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative + * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \ + { \ + ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \ + if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \ + { \ + ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \ + } \ + } +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )
+ * + * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the + * new semaphore can be referenced. + * + * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a + * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! + * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block + * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored. If a binary semaphore + * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary() + * function. (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a binary semaphore + * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer + * must provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a + * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this + * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using + * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the + * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores + * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the + * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'. + * + * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or + * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once + * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while + * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of + * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative + * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to + * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )
+ * + * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the + * new semaphore can be referenced. + * + * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a + * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore! + * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block + * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored. If a binary semaphore + * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary() + * function. (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a binary semaphore + * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer + * must provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a + * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or + * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once + * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while + * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of + * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative + * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, + * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the + * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is + * returned. If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+    // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
+    // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
+    // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
+    // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
+    // return NULL.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+
+    // Rest of task code goes here.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ) +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreTake(
+ *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+ *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
+ *               )
+ * + * Macro to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when + * the semaphore was created. + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block + * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE + * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
+            // semaphore.
+            xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( + * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex, + * TickType_t xBlockTime + * ) + * + * Macro to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If + * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will + * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime + * expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+            // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+            // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+            // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+            // a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+            // available to another task until it has also been given back
+            // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+            // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+            // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+            // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )
+ * + * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake(). + * + * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for + * an alternative which can be used from an ISR. + * + * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred. + * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is + * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the + * semaphore was not first obtained correctly. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+            // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+        }
+
+        // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+        // immediately available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
+        {
+            // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+            // semaphore.
+            if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+            {
+                // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+                // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+            }
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )
+ * + * Macro to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+			// a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+			// available to another task until it has also been given back
+			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+			// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+			// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+			// unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )
+ * + * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) + * must not be used with this macro. + * + * This macro can be used from an ISR. + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT	10
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
+        // was created before this task was started.
+
+        // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // It is time to execute.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
+            // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+            // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+			// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+    // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+    // ... Do other time functions.
+
+    // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+    ucLocalTickCount++;
+    if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+    {
+        // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+        xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+        // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+        ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+    {
+        // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
+        // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
+        // to find the syntax required.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
+ xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
+                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )
+ * + * Macro to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have + * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) + * must not be used with this macro. + * + * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR + * is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a + * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource + * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise + * pdFALSE + */ +#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )
+ * + * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which + * the new mutex can be referenced. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block + * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a mutex is created + * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically + * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a mutex is created using + * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the + * memory. xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() + * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created + * semaphore is returned. If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex + * data structures then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )
+ * + * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which + * the new mutex can be referenced. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block + * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a mutex is created + * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically + * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a mutex is created using + * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the + * memory. xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() + * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, + * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for + * the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created + * mutex is returned. If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
+    // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
+    // attempted.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+
+    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+    // so there is no need to check it.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ + #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) ) +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )
+ * + * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle + * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block + * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is + * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a recursive mutex is created using + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must + * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex. + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to + * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The + * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used. + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type + * SemaphoreHandle_t. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )
+ * + * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle + * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block + * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is + * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a recursive mutex is created using + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must + * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex. + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to + * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The + * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used. + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, + * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure, + * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the + * created recursive mutex is returned. If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is + * returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
+    // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
+    // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
+    // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
+    // attempted.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+
+    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+    // so there is no need to check it.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore ) +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+ * + * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the + * new counting semaphore can be referenced. + * + * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a + * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore! + * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a + * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored. If a + * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the + * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a counting semaphore is created + * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can + * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting + * semaphore. xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting + * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: + * + * 1) Counting events. + * + * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time + * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler + * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event + * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore + * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the + * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the + * initial count value to be zero. + * + * 2) Resource management. + * + * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources + * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a + * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value + * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the + * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count + * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be + * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. + * + * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the + * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. + * + * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is + * created. + * + * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be + * created. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+    // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+    // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) ) +#endif + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )
+ * + * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the + * new counting semaphore can be referenced. + * + * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a + * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore! + * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a + * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored. If a + * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the + * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function. (see + * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If a counting semaphore is created + * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must + * provide the memory. xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a + * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: + * + * 1) Counting events. + * + * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time + * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler + * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event + * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore + * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the + * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the + * initial count value to be zero. + * + * 2) Resource management. + * + * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources + * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a + * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value + * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the + * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count + * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be + * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. + * + * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the + * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. + * + * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is + * created. + * + * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t, + * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the + * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to + * the created counting semaphore is returned. If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL + * then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+    // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
+    // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
+    // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
+    // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
+    // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
+    // memory allocation will be used.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+
+    // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
+    // is no need to check its value.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + #define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) ) +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * + * Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example, + * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task. + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted. + * + * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) ) + +/** + * semphr.h + * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
+ * + * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder. + * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held + * by a task), return NULL. + * + * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex + * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as + * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value + * being tested. + */ +#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) ) + +/** + * semphr.h + * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
+ * + * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder. + * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held + * by a task), return NULL. + * + */ +#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) ) + +/** + * semphr.h + * 
UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * + * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns + * its current count value. If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then + * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the + * semaphore is not available. + * + */ +#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) ) + +#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */ + + diff --git a/freertos/include/stack_macros.h b/freertos/include/stack_macros.h index 673ef6d8..fb5ed155 100644 --- a/freertos/include/stack_macros.h +++ b/freertos/include/stack_macros.h @@ -1,129 +1,129 @@ -/* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of - * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in - * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to - * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of - * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, - * subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all - * copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS - * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR - * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * http://www.FreeRTOS.org - * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos - * - * 1 tab == 4 spaces! - */ - -#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H -#define STACK_MACROS_H - -/* - * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped - * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the - * past. - * - * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check - * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to - * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 - * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value - * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been - * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed - * stack will always be recognised. - */ - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \ - const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \ - \ - if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ - ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ - static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ - \ - \ - pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ - \ - /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ - if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */ -#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW - #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() -#endif - - - -#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ - +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H +#define STACK_MACROS_H + +/* + * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped + * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the + * past. + * + * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check + * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to + * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 + * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value + * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been + * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed + * stack will always be recognised. + */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \ + const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \ + \ + if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ + static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */ +#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() +#endif + + + +#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ + diff --git a/freertos/include/stdint.readme b/freertos/include/stdint.readme old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/freertos/include/stream_buffer.h b/freertos/include/stream_buffer.h index 6619fe06..b6311b88 100644 --- a/freertos/include/stream_buffer.h +++ b/freertos/include/stream_buffer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -51,6 +51,10 @@ #ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H #define STREAM_BUFFER_H +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h" +#endif + #if defined( __cplusplus ) extern "C" { #endif diff --git a/freertos/include/task.h b/freertos/include/task.h index ef0d6438..05e56aea 100644 --- a/freertos/include/task.h +++ b/freertos/include/task.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* - * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1 - * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1 + * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in @@ -43,11 +43,19 @@ extern "C" { * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS *----------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V10.1.1" +#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V10.2.1" #define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR 10 -#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR 1 +#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR 2 #define tskKERNEL_VERSION_BUILD 1 +/* MPU region parameters passed in ulParameters + * of MemoryRegion_t struct. */ +#define tskMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY ( 1UL << 0UL ) +#define tskMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE ( 1UL << 1UL ) +#define tskMPU_REGION_EXECUTE_NEVER ( 1UL << 2UL ) +#define tskMPU_REGION_NORMAL_MEMORY ( 1UL << 3UL ) +#define tskMPU_REGION_DEVICE_MEMORY ( 1UL << 4UL ) + /** * task. h * @@ -114,14 +122,16 @@ typedef struct xTASK_PARAMETERS { TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode; const char * const pcName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */ - uint16_t usStackDepth; + configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth; void *pvParameters; UBaseType_t uxPriority; StackType_t *puxStackBuffer; - MemoryRegion_t xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ]; - #if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + MemoryRegion_t xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ]; + #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer; #endif + #endif } TaskParameters_t; /* Used with the uxTaskGetSystemState() function to return the state of each task @@ -376,9 +386,9 @@ is used in assert() statements. */ * memory to be allocated dynamically. * * @return If neither pxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer are NULL, then the task will - * be created and pdPASS is returned. If either pxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer - * are NULL then the task will not be created and - * errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY is returned. + * be created and a handle to the created task is returned. If either + * pxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer are NULL then the task will not be created and + * NULL is returned. * * Example usage: 
@@ -1413,6 +1423,12 @@ TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*
  * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
  * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
  *
+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
+ *
  * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
  * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
  *
@@ -1422,6 +1438,33 @@ TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*
  */
 UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
 
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask.  That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in words, so
+ * actual spaces on the stack rather than bytes) since the task referenced by
+ * xTask was created.
+ */
+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
 /* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include task.h before
 FreeRTOS.h.  When this is done TaskHookFunction_t will not yet have been defined,
 so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error.  This can be
@@ -1444,9 +1487,20 @@ constant. */
 		 * task.h
 		 * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );

 		 *
-		 * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.
+		 * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Do not
+		 * call from an interrupt service routine - call
+		 * xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR() instead.
 		 */
 		TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+		/**
+		 * task.h
+		 * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+		 *
+		 * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Can
+		 * be called from an interrupt service routine.
+		 */
+		TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
 	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
 #endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
 
@@ -1684,6 +1738,36 @@ void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unquali
  */
 void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
 
+/**
+* task. h
+* 
uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void );

+*
+* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
+* must both be defined as 1 for this function to be available.  The application
+* must also then provide definitions for
+* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE()
+* to configure a peripheral timer/counter and return the timers current count
+* value respectively.  The counter should be at least 10 times the frequency of
+* the tick count.
+*
+* Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+* accumulated execution time being stored for each task.  The resolution
+* of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+* configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+* While uxTaskGetSystemState() and vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total
+* execution time of each task into a buffer, ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter()
+* returns the total execution time of just the idle task.
+*
+* @return The total run time of the idle task.  This is the amount of time the
+* idle task has actually been executing.  The unit of time is dependent on the
+* frequency configured using the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and
+* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE() macros.
+*
+* \defgroup ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+* \ingroup TaskUtils
+*/
+uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
 /**
  * task. h
  * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction );

@@ -2222,7 +2306,7 @@ void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const Tick
  * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task
  * that is ready to run.
  */
-void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portDONT_DISCARD void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
 
 /*
  * THESE FUNCTIONS MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  THEY ARE USED BY
@@ -2301,8 +2385,21 @@ void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle ) PRIVIL
  */
 void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
 
+/* Correct the tick count value after the application code has held
+interrupts disabled for an extended period.  xTicksToCatchUp is the number
+of tick interrupts that have been missed due to interrupts being disabled.
+Its value is not computed automatically, so must be computed by the
+application writer.
+
+This function is similar to vTaskStepTick(), however, unlike
+vTaskStepTick(), xTaskCatchUpTicks() may move the tick count forward past a
+time at which a task should be removed from the blocked state.  That means
+tasks may have to be removed from the blocked state as the tick count is
+moved. */
+BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
 /*
- * Only avilable when configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is set to 1.
+ * Only available when configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is set to 1.
  * Provided for use within portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to allow the port
  * specific sleep function to determine if it is ok to proceed with the sleep,
  * and if it is ok to proceed, if it is ok to sleep indefinitely.
diff --git a/freertos/include/timers.h b/freertos/include/timers.h
index ae8bc711..5abb7f18 100644
--- a/freertos/include/timers.h
+++ b/freertos/include/timers.h
@@ -1,1278 +1,1295 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-
-#ifndef TIMERS_H
-#define TIMERS_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
-#endif
-
-/*lint -save -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
-happens to also be including task.h. */
-#include "task.h"
-/*lint -restore */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
- * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
- *----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue.  These are to
-be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
-as defined below.  The commands that are sent from interrupts must use the
-highest numbers as tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND is used to determine if the task
-or interrupt version of the queue send function should be used. */
-#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR 	( ( BaseType_t ) -2 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK				( ( BaseType_t ) -1 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE				( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_START					    ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET						( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP							( ( BaseType_t ) 3 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD				( ( BaseType_t ) 4 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE						( ( BaseType_t ) 5 )
-
-#define tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 7 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 8 )
-#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR		( ( BaseType_t ) 9 )
-
-
-/**
- * Type by which software timers are referenced.  For example, a call to
- * xTimerCreate() returns an TimerHandle_t variable that can then be used to
- * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
- * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
- */
-struct tmrTimerControl; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerControl * TimerHandle_t;
-
-/*
- * Defines the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform.
- */
-typedef void (*TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-
-/*
- * Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
- * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
- */
-typedef void (*PendedFunction_t)( void *, uint32_t );
-
-/**
- * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( 	const char * const pcTimerName,
- * 								TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
- * 								UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
- * 								void * pvTimerID,
- * 								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
- *
- * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * created software timer can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
- * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
- * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
- * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
- * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
- * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
- * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
- * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
- * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
- * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
- * timer into the active state.
- *
- * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
- * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
- * by its handle, and never by its name.
- *
- * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
- * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
- * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
- * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
- * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
- * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
- * equal to 1000.
- *
- * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
- * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
- * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
- * enter the dormant state after it expires.
- *
- * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
- * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
- * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
- * timer.
- *
- * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
- * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
- * which is	"void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
- *
- * @return If the timer is successfully created then a handle to the newly
- * created timer is returned.  If the timer cannot be created (because either
- * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
- * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
- *
- * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
- * TimerHandle_t xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
- *
- * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
- * int32_t lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
- *
- * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
- * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
- * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
- * // 10 times.
- * void vTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
- * {
- * int32_t lArrayIndex;
- * const int32_t xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
- *
- * 	   // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
- * 	   configASSERT( pxTimer );
- *
- *     // Which timer expired?
- *     lArrayIndex = ( int32_t ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
- *
- *     // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
- *     lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
- *
- *     // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
- *     if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
- *     {
- *         // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
- *         // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
- *         xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
- *     }
- * }
- *
- * void main( void )
- * {
- * int32_t x;
- *
- *     // Create then start some timers.  Starting the timers before the scheduler
- *     // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
- *     // the scheduler starts.
- *     for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
- *     {
- *         xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate(    "Timer",       // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
- *                                         ( 100 * x ),   // The timer period in ticks.
- *                                         pdTRUE,        // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
- *                                         ( void * ) x,  // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
- *                                         vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
- *                                     );
- *
- *         if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
- *         {
- *             // The timer was not created.
- *         }
- *         else
- *         {
- *             // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
- *             // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
- *             // started.
- *             if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
- *             {
- *                 // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
- *             }
- *         }
- *     }
- *
- *     // ...
- *     // Create tasks here.
- *     // ...
- *
- *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
- *     // been set into the active state.
- *     vTaskStartScheduler();
- *
- *     // Should not reach here.
- *     for( ;; );
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-								void * const pvTimerID,
-								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
- * 									TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
- * 									UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
- * 									void * pvTimerID,
- * 									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
- *									StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
- *
- * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * created software timer can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
- * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
- * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
- * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
- * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
- * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
- * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
- * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
- * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
- * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
- * timer into the active state.
- *
- * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
- * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
- * by its handle, and never by its name.
- *
- * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
- * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
- * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
- * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
- * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
- * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
- * equal to 1000.
- *
- * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
- * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
- * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
- * enter the dormant state after it expires.
- *
- * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
- * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
- * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
- * timer.
- *
- * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
- * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
- * which is "void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
- *
- * @param pxTimerBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTimer_t, which
- * will be then be used to hold the software timer's data structures, removing
- * the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
- *
- * @return If the timer is created then a handle to the created timer is
- * returned.  If pxTimerBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- *
- * // The buffer used to hold the software timer's data structure.
- * static StaticTimer_t xTimerBuffer;
- *
- * // A variable that will be incremented by the software timer's callback
- * // function.
- * UBaseType_t uxVariableToIncrement = 0;
- *
- * // A software timer callback function that increments a variable passed to
- * // it when the software timer was created.  After the 5th increment the
- * // callback function stops the software timer.
- * static void prvTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t xExpiredTimer )
- * {
- * UBaseType_t *puxVariableToIncrement;
- * BaseType_t xReturned;
- *
- *     // Obtain the address of the variable to increment from the timer ID.
- *     puxVariableToIncrement = ( UBaseType_t * ) pvTimerGetTimerID( xExpiredTimer );
- *
- *     // Increment the variable to show the timer callback has executed.
- *     ( *puxVariableToIncrement )++;
- *
- *     // If this callback has executed the required number of times, stop the
- *     // timer.
- *     if( *puxVariableToIncrement == 5 )
- *     {
- *         // This is called from a timer callback so must not block.
- *         xTimerStop( xExpiredTimer, staticDONT_BLOCK );
- *     }
- * }
- *
- *
- * void main( void )
- * {
- *     // Create the software time.  xTimerCreateStatic() has an extra parameter
- *     // than the normal xTimerCreate() API function.  The parameter is a pointer
- *     // to the StaticTimer_t structure that will hold the software timer
- *     // structure.  If the parameter is passed as NULL then the structure will be
- *     // allocated dynamically, just as if xTimerCreate() had been called.
- *     xTimer = xTimerCreateStatic( "T1",             // Text name for the task.  Helps debugging only.  Not used by FreeRTOS.
- *                                  xTimerPeriod,     // The period of the timer in ticks.
- *                                  pdTRUE,           // This is an auto-reload timer.
- *                                  ( void * ) &uxVariableToIncrement,    // A variable incremented by the software timer's callback function
- *                                  prvTimerCallback, // The function to execute when the timer expires.
- *                                  &xTimerBuffer );  // The buffer that will hold the software timer structure.
- *
- *     // The scheduler has not started yet so a block time is not used.
- *     xReturned = xTimerStart( xTimer, 0 );
- *
- *     // ...
- *     // Create tasks here.
- *     // ...
- *
- *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
- *     // been set into the active state.
- *     vTaskStartScheduler();
- *
- *     // Should not reach here.
- *     for( ;; );
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-										void * const pvTimerID,
-										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-/**
- * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
- *
- * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
- *
- * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
- * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer, and by calling the
- * vTimerSetTimerID() API function.
- *
- * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
- * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
- *
- * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
- *
- * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
- *
- * Example usage:
- *
- * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
- */
-void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
- *
- * Sets the ID assigned to the timer.
- *
- * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
- * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
- *
- * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
- * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
- *
- * @param xTimer The timer being updated.
- *
- * @param pvNewID The ID to assign to the timer.
- *
- * Example usage:
- *
- * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
- */
-void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
- *
- * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
- *
- * A timer will be dormant if:
- *     1) It has been created but not started, or
- *     2) It is an expired one-shot timer that has not been restarted.
- *
- * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
- * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
- * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
- * active state.
- *
- * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
- *
- * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant.  A value other than
- * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
- * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
- * {
- *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
- *     {
- *         // xTimer is active, do something.
- *     }
- *     else
- *     {
- *         // xTimer is not active, do something else.
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
- *
- * Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task.  It it not valid
- * to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
- */
-TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerStart( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- *
- * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
- * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
- * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
- * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
- * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
- * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
- *
- * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
- * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
- * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
- * to the xTimerReset() API function.
- *
- * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
- * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
- * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
- * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
- *
- * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
- * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
- * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
- * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
- *
- * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
- * to be available.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
- * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
- * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
- * xTimerStart() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
- * before the scheduler is started.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
- * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
- * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
- * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
- * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
- * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
- * configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- *
- * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
- *
- */
-#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerStop( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- *
- * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
- * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
- * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
- * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
- * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
- * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
- *
- * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
- * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
- * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
- *
- * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
- *
- * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
- * to be available.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
- * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
- * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
- * xTimerStop() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
- * before the scheduler is started.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
- * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
- * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
- * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
- * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
- * configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- *
- * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
- *
- */
-#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriod( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
- *										TickType_t xNewPeriod,
- *										TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- *
- * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
- * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
- * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
- * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
- * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
- * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
- *
- * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
- * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
- *
- * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
- * dormant state timer.
- *
- * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
- * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
- *
- * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
- * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
- * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
- * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
- * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
- * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
- * or equal to 1000.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
- * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
- * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
- * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if
- * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
- * sent to the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.
- * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
- * command queue.  When the command is actually processed will depend on the
- * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
- * system.  The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
- * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.  If the timer
- * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
- * // is deleted.  If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
- * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
- * // started.
- * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
- * {
- *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
- *     {
- *         // xTimer is already active - delete it.
- *         xTimerDelete( xTimer );
- *     }
- *     else
- *     {
- *         // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms.  This will also
- *         // cause the timer to start.  Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
- *         // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
- *         // command queue.
- *         if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
- *         {
- *             // The command was successfully sent.
- *         }
- *         else
- *         {
- *             // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
- *             // to pass.  Take appropriate action here.
- *         }
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
- #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerDelete( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- *
- * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
- * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
- * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
- * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
- * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
- * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
- *
- * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
- * xTimerCreate() API function.
- *
- * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
- * xTimerDelete() to be available.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
- * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
- * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
- * full when xTimerDelete() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerDelete()
- * is called before the scheduler is started.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
- * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
- * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
- * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
- * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
- * configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- *
- * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
- */
-#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerReset( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- *
- * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
- * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
- * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
- * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
- * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
- * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
- *
- * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
- * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
- * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
- * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
- * called.  If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
- * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
- *
- * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
- * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
- * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
- * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
- *
- * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
- * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
- * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
- * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
- *
- * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
- * to be available.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
- * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
- * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
- * xTimerReset() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
- * before the scheduler is started.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
- * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
- * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
- * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
- * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
- * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
- * configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
- * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
- * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
- *
- * TimerHandle_t xBacklightTimer = NULL;
- *
- * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
- * // parameter is not used.
- * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
- * {
- *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
- *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
- * }
- *
- * // The key press event handler.
- * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
- * {
- *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
- *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
- *     // key inactivity.  Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
- *     // if it cannot be sent immediately.
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
- *     if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
- *     {
- *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
- *         // action here.
- *     }
- *
- *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
- * }
- *
- * void main( void )
- * {
- * int32_t x;
- *
- *     // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
- *     // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
- *     xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer",           // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
- *                                     ( 5000 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
- *                                     pdFALSE,                    // The timer is a one-shot timer.
- *                                     0,                          // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
- *                                     vBacklightTimerCallback     // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
- *                                   );
- *
- *     if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
- *     {
- *         // The timer was not created.
- *     }
- *     else
- *     {
- *         // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
- *         // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
- *         // started.
- *         if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
- *         {
- *             // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
- *         }
- *     }
- *
- *     // ...
- *     // Create tasks here.
- *     // ...
- *
- *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
- *     // been set into the active state.
- *     vTaskStartScheduler();
- *
- *     // Should not reach here.
- *     for( ;; );
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerStartFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
- *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
- * routine.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
- * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
- * command queue.  Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
- * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
- * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
- * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
- * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
- * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
- * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function.  If
- * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
- * be performed before the interrupt exits.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
- * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
- * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
- * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
- * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called.  The timer
- * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
- * configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
- * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
- * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
- * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
- * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
- * // service routine.
- *
- * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
- * // parameter is not used.
- * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
- * {
- *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
- *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
- * }
- *
- * // The key press interrupt service routine.
- * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
- * {
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *
- *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
- *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
- *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
- *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
- *
- *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
- *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
- *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
- *     // declared (in this function).
- *     if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
- *     {
- *         // The start command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
- *         // action here.
- *     }
- *
- *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
- *
- *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
- *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
- *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
- *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
- *     // actual syntax required.
- *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
- *     {
- *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
- *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerStopFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
- *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
- * routine.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
- * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
- * command queue.  Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
- * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
- * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
- * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
- * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
- * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
- * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function.  If
- * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
- * be performed before the interrupt exits.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
- * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
- * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
- * relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
- * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
- * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
- *
- * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
- * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *
- *     // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
- *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
- *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
- *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
- *     if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
- *     {
- *         // The stop command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
- *         // action here.
- *     }
- *
- *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
- *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
- *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
- *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
- *     // actual syntax required.
- *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
- *     {
- *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
- *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
- *										 TickType_t xNewPeriod,
- *										 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
- * service routine.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
- *
- * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
- * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
- * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
- * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
- * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
- * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
- * or equal to 1000.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
- * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
- * command queue.  Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
- * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
- * daemon task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
- * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
- * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
- * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
- * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
- * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function.  If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
- * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
- * interrupt exits.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
- * could not be sent to the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the
- * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command
- * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
- * task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
- * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
- * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
- *
- * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
- * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *
- *     // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
- *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
- *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
- *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
- *     if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
- *     {
- *         // The command to change the timers period was not executed
- *         // successfully.  Take appropriate action here.
- *     }
- *
- *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
- *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
- *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
- *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
- *     // actual syntax required.
- *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
- *     {
- *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
- *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerResetFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
- *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
- * routine.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
- * restarted.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
- * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
- * command queue.  Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
- * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
- * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
- * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
- * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
- * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
- * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function.  If
- * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
- * be performed before the interrupt exits.
- *
- * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
- * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
- * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
- * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
- * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
- * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called.  The timer service/daemon
- * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
- * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
- * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
- * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
- * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
- * // service routine.
- *
- * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
- * // parameter is not used.
- * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
- * {
- *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
- *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
- * }
- *
- * // The key press interrupt service routine.
- * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
- * {
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *
- *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
- *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
- *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
- *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
- *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
- *
- *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
- *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
- *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
- *     // declared (in this function).
- *     if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
- *     {
- *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
- *         // action here.
- *     }
- *
- *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
- *
- *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
- *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
- *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
- *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
- *     // actual syntax required.
- *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
- *     {
- *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
- *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
- *     }
- * }
- * @endverbatim
- */
-#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
-
-
-/**
- * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
- *                                          void *pvParameter1,
- *                                          uint32_t ulParameter2,
- *                                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *
- * Used from application interrupt service routines to defer the execution of a
- * function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer service task, hence this function
- * is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed with 'Timer').
- *
- * Ideally an interrupt service routine (ISR) is kept as short as possible, but
- * sometimes an ISR either has a lot of processing to do, or needs to perform
- * processing that is not deterministic.  In these cases
- * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() can be used to defer processing of a function
- * to the RTOS daemon task.
- *
- * A mechanism is provided that allows the interrupt to return directly to the
- * task that will subsequently execute the pended callback function.  This
- * allows the callback function to execute contiguously in time with the
- * interrupt - just as if the callback had executed in the interrupt itself.
- *
- * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
- * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
- * prototype.
- *
- * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
- * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
- * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
- * used to point to a structure.
- *
- * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
- * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
- * priority of the timer daemon task (which is set using
- * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY in FreeRTOSConfig.h) is higher than the priority of
- * the currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
- * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE within
- * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
- * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
- * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
- * example code below.
- *
- * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
- * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * @verbatim
- *
- *	// The callback function that will execute in the context of the daemon task.
- *  // Note callback functions must all use this same prototype.
- *  void vProcessInterface( void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2 )
- *	{
- *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService;
- *
- *		// The interface that requires servicing is passed in the second
- *      // parameter.  The first parameter is not used in this case.
- *		xInterfaceToService = ( BaseType_t ) ulParameter2;
- *
- *		// ...Perform the processing here...
- *	}
- *
- *	// An ISR that receives data packets from multiple interfaces
- *  void vAnISR( void )
- *	{
- *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService, xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
- *
- *		// Query the hardware to determine which interface needs processing.
- *		xInterfaceToService = prvCheckInterfaces();
- *
- *      // The actual processing is to be deferred to a task.  Request the
- *      // vProcessInterface() callback function is executed, passing in the
- *		// number of the interface that needs processing.  The interface to
- *		// service is passed in the second parameter.  The first parameter is
- *		// not used in this case.
- *		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *		xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vProcessInterface, NULL, ( uint32_t ) xInterfaceToService, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *		// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
- *		// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and will
- *		// be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() - refer to
- *		// the documentation page for the port being used.
- *		portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *	}
- * @endverbatim
- */
-BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
- /**
-  * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
-  *                                    void *pvParameter1,
-  *                                    uint32_t ulParameter2,
-  *                                    TickType_t xTicksToWait );
-  *
-  *
-  * Used to defer the execution of a function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer
-  * service task, hence this function is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed
-  * with 'Timer').
-  *
-  * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
-  * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
-  * prototype.
-  *
-  * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
-  * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
-  * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
-  * used to point to a structure.
-  *
-  * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
-  *
-  * @param xTicksToWait Calling this function will result in a message being
-  * sent to the timer daemon task on a queue.  xTicksToWait is the amount of
-  * time the calling task should remain in the Blocked state (so not using any
-  * processing time) for space to become available on the timer queue if the
-  * queue is found to be full.
-  *
-  * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
-  * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
-  *
-  */
-BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
- *
- * Returns the name that was assigned to a timer when the timer was created.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
- *
- * @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
- */
-const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-/**
- * TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
- *
- * Returns the period of a timer.
- *
- * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
- *
- * @return The period of the timer in ticks.
- */
-TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
-* TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
-*
-* Returns the time in ticks at which the timer will expire.  If this is less
-* than the current tick count then the expiry time has overflowed from the
-* current time.
-*
-* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
-*
-* @return If the timer is running then the time in ticks at which the timer
-* will next expire is returned.  If the timer is not running then the return
-* value is undefined.
-*/
-TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
- * for use by the kernel only.
- */
-BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#endif /* TIMERS_H */
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef TIMERS_H
+#define TIMERS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
+#endif
+
+/*lint -save -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
+happens to also be including task.h. */
+#include "task.h"
+/*lint -restore */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue.  These are to
+be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
+as defined below.  The commands that are sent from interrupts must use the
+highest numbers as tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND is used to determine if the task
+or interrupt version of the queue send function should be used. */
+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR 	( ( BaseType_t ) -2 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK				( ( BaseType_t ) -1 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE				( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START					    ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET						( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP							( ( BaseType_t ) 3 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD				( ( BaseType_t ) 4 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE						( ( BaseType_t ) 5 )
+
+#define tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 7 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 8 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR		( ( BaseType_t ) 9 )
+
+
+/**
+ * Type by which software timers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xTimerCreate() returns an TimerHandle_t variable that can then be used to
+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
+ */
+struct tmrTimerControl; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl * TimerHandle_t;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform.
+ */
+typedef void (*TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
+ */
+typedef void (*PendedFunction_t)( void *, uint32_t );
+
+/**
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( 	const char * const pcTimerName,
+ * 								TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+ * 								UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+ * 								void * pvTimerID,
+ * 								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * created software timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
+ * timer into the active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
+ * equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
+ * which is	"void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is successfully created then a handle to the newly
+ * created timer is returned.  If the timer cannot be created (because either
+ * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
+ * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
+ *
+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
+ *
+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
+ * int32_t lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
+ *
+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
+ * // 10 times.
+ * void vTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * int32_t lArrayIndex;
+ * const int32_t xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
+ *
+ * 	   // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
+ * 	   configASSERT( pxTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Which timer expired?
+ *     lArrayIndex = ( int32_t ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
+ *     lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
+ *
+ *     // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
+ *     if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
+ *     {
+ *         // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
+ *         // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
+ *         xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
+ *     }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * int32_t x;
+ *
+ *     // Create then start some timers.  Starting the timers before the scheduler
+ *     // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
+ *     // the scheduler starts.
+ *     for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
+ *     {
+ *         xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate(    "Timer",       // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ *                                         ( 100 * x ),   // The timer period in ticks.
+ *                                         pdTRUE,        // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
+ *                                         ( void * ) x,  // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
+ *                                         vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
+ *                                     );
+ *
+ *         if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
+ *         {
+ *             // The timer was not created.
+ *         }
+ *         else
+ *         {
+ *             // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ *             // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ *             // started.
+ *             if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ *             {
+ *                 // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ *             }
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+								void * const pvTimerID,
+								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
+ * 									TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+ * 									UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+ * 									void * pvTimerID,
+ * 									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+ *									StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * created software timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
+ * timer into the active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
+ * equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @param pxTimerBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTimer_t, which
+ * will be then be used to hold the software timer's data structures, removing
+ * the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is created then a handle to the created timer is
+ * returned.  If pxTimerBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ * // The buffer used to hold the software timer's data structure.
+ * static StaticTimer_t xTimerBuffer;
+ *
+ * // A variable that will be incremented by the software timer's callback
+ * // function.
+ * UBaseType_t uxVariableToIncrement = 0;
+ *
+ * // A software timer callback function that increments a variable passed to
+ * // it when the software timer was created.  After the 5th increment the
+ * // callback function stops the software timer.
+ * static void prvTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t xExpiredTimer )
+ * {
+ * UBaseType_t *puxVariableToIncrement;
+ * BaseType_t xReturned;
+ *
+ *     // Obtain the address of the variable to increment from the timer ID.
+ *     puxVariableToIncrement = ( UBaseType_t * ) pvTimerGetTimerID( xExpiredTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Increment the variable to show the timer callback has executed.
+ *     ( *puxVariableToIncrement )++;
+ *
+ *     // If this callback has executed the required number of times, stop the
+ *     // timer.
+ *     if( *puxVariableToIncrement == 5 )
+ *     {
+ *         // This is called from a timer callback so must not block.
+ *         xTimerStop( xExpiredTimer, staticDONT_BLOCK );
+ *     }
+ * }
+ *
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ *     // Create the software time.  xTimerCreateStatic() has an extra parameter
+ *     // than the normal xTimerCreate() API function.  The parameter is a pointer
+ *     // to the StaticTimer_t structure that will hold the software timer
+ *     // structure.  If the parameter is passed as NULL then the structure will be
+ *     // allocated dynamically, just as if xTimerCreate() had been called.
+ *     xTimer = xTimerCreateStatic( "T1",             // Text name for the task.  Helps debugging only.  Not used by FreeRTOS.
+ *                                  xTimerPeriod,     // The period of the timer in ticks.
+ *                                  pdTRUE,           // This is an auto-reload timer.
+ *                                  ( void * ) &uxVariableToIncrement,    // A variable incremented by the software timer's callback function
+ *                                  prvTimerCallback, // The function to execute when the timer expires.
+ *                                  &xTimerBuffer );  // The buffer that will hold the software timer structure.
+ *
+ *     // The scheduler has not started yet so a block time is not used.
+ *     xReturned = xTimerStart( xTimer, 0 );
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+										void * const pvTimerID,
+										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer, and by calling the
+ * vTimerSetTimerID() API function.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
+ *
+ * Sets the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param pvNewID The ID to assign to the timer.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
+ *
+ * A timer will be dormant if:
+ *     1) It has been created but not started, or
+ *     2) It is an expired one-shot timer that has not been restarted.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant.  A value other than
+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+ * {
+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is active, do something.
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is not active, do something else.
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
+ *
+ * Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task.  It it not valid
+ * to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
+ */
+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStart( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
+ *
+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStart() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStop( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
+ *
+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStop() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriod( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *										TickType_t xNewPeriod,
+ *										TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
+ * dormant state timer.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.
+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
+ * command queue.  When the command is actually processed will depend on the
+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
+ * system.  The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.  If the timer
+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
+ * // is deleted.  If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
+ * // started.
+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+ * {
+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is already active - delete it.
+ *         xTimerDelete( xTimer );
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms.  This will also
+ *         // cause the timer to start.  Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
+ *         // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
+ *         // command queue.
+ *         if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
+ *         {
+ *             // The command was successfully sent.
+ *         }
+ *         else
+ *         {
+ *             // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
+ *             // to pass.  Take appropriate action here.
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+ #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerDelete( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerDelete()
+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerReset( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
+ * called.  If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
+ *
+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerReset() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *
+ * TimerHandle_t xBacklightTimer = NULL;
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press event handler.
+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
+ * {
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
+ *     // if it cannot be sent immediately.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *     if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * int32_t x;
+ *
+ *     // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
+ *     // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
+ *     xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer",           // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ *                                     ( 5000 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
+ *                                     pdFALSE,                    // The timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *                                     0,                          // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
+ *                                     vBacklightTimerCallback     // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
+ *                                   );
+ *
+ *     if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
+ *     {
+ *         // The timer was not created.
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ *         // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ *         // started.
+ *         if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ *         {
+ *             // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStartFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ *     // declared (in this function).
+ *     if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The start command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStopFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ *     if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The stop command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *										 TickType_t xNewPeriod,
+ *										 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function.  If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
+ * interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the
+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command
+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
+ * task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ *     if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The command to change the timers period was not executed
+ *         // successfully.  Take appropriate action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerResetFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
+ * restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called.  The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ *     // declared (in this function).
+ *     if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+ *                                          void *pvParameter1,
+ *                                          uint32_t ulParameter2,
+ *                                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *
+ * Used from application interrupt service routines to defer the execution of a
+ * function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer service task, hence this function
+ * is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed with 'Timer').
+ *
+ * Ideally an interrupt service routine (ISR) is kept as short as possible, but
+ * sometimes an ISR either has a lot of processing to do, or needs to perform
+ * processing that is not deterministic.  In these cases
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() can be used to defer processing of a function
+ * to the RTOS daemon task.
+ *
+ * A mechanism is provided that allows the interrupt to return directly to the
+ * task that will subsequently execute the pended callback function.  This
+ * allows the callback function to execute contiguously in time with the
+ * interrupt - just as if the callback had executed in the interrupt itself.
+ *
+ * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
+ * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
+ * prototype.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
+ * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
+ * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
+ * used to point to a structure.
+ *
+ * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
+ * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
+ * priority of the timer daemon task (which is set using
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY in FreeRTOSConfig.h) is higher than the priority of
+ * the currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE within
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
+ * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
+ * example code below.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
+ * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ *	// The callback function that will execute in the context of the daemon task.
+ *  // Note callback functions must all use this same prototype.
+ *  void vProcessInterface( void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2 )
+ *	{
+ *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService;
+ *
+ *		// The interface that requires servicing is passed in the second
+ *      // parameter.  The first parameter is not used in this case.
+ *		xInterfaceToService = ( BaseType_t ) ulParameter2;
+ *
+ *		// ...Perform the processing here...
+ *	}
+ *
+ *	// An ISR that receives data packets from multiple interfaces
+ *  void vAnISR( void )
+ *	{
+ *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService, xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+ *
+ *		// Query the hardware to determine which interface needs processing.
+ *		xInterfaceToService = prvCheckInterfaces();
+ *
+ *      // The actual processing is to be deferred to a task.  Request the
+ *      // vProcessInterface() callback function is executed, passing in the
+ *		// number of the interface that needs processing.  The interface to
+ *		// service is passed in the second parameter.  The first parameter is
+ *		// not used in this case.
+ *		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *		xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vProcessInterface, NULL, ( uint32_t ) xInterfaceToService, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *		// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+ *		// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and will
+ *		// be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() - refer to
+ *		// the documentation page for the port being used.
+ *		portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *	}
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+ /**
+  * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+  *                                    void *pvParameter1,
+  *                                    uint32_t ulParameter2,
+  *                                    TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+  *
+  *
+  * Used to defer the execution of a function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer
+  * service task, hence this function is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed
+  * with 'Timer').
+  *
+  * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
+  * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
+  * prototype.
+  *
+  * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
+  * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
+  * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
+  * used to point to a structure.
+  *
+  * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
+  *
+  * @param xTicksToWait Calling this function will result in a message being
+  * sent to the timer daemon task on a queue.  xTicksToWait is the amount of
+  * time the calling task should remain in the Blocked state (so not using any
+  * processing time) for space to become available on the timer queue if the
+  * queue is found to be full.
+  *
+  * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
+  * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+  *
+  */
+BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the name that was assigned to a timer when the timer was created.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
+ */
+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+ * void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
+ *
+ * Updates a timer to be either an autoreload timer, in which case the timer
+ * automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one shot timer, in
+ * which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
+ * xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function).  If
+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ */
+void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the period of a timer.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The period of the timer in ticks.
+ */
+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+* TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+*
+* Returns the time in ticks at which the timer will expire.  If this is less
+* than the current tick count then the expiry time has overflowed from the
+* current time.
+*
+* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+*
+* @return If the timer is running then the time in ticks at which the timer
+* will next expire is returned.  If the timer is not running then the return
+* value is undefined.
+*/
+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
+ * for use by the kernel only.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/list.c b/freertos/list.c
index 83e1a3ff..9875b90c 100644
--- a/freertos/list.c
+++ b/freertos/list.c
@@ -1,198 +1,198 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-
-#include 
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "list.h"
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
- * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
- *----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
-{
-	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
-	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
-	as the only list entry. */
-	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
-	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
-
-	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
-	when the list is empty. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-	/* Write known values into the list if
-	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
-	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
-{
-	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
-	pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
-
-	/* Write known values into the list item if
-	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
-
-	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
-	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
-	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
-	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
-
-	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-
-	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
-	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-ListItem_t *pxIterator;
-const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
-
-	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
-
-	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
-	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
-	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
-	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
-	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
-	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
-	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
-	{
-		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
-		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
-		listed below.  In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
-		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
-		https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
-
-			1) Stack overflow -
-			   see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
-			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
-			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
-			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
-			   https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
-			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
-			   https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
-			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
-			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
-			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
-			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
-			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
-			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
-		**********************************************************************/
-
-		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
-		{
-			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
-			insertion position. */
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
-	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-
-	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
-	item later. */
-	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
-{
-/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
-item. */
-List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
-
-	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
-
-	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
-	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
-	{
-		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
-
-	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#include 
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
+{
+	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+	as the only list entry. */
+	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+	when the list is empty. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
+{
+	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+	pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list item if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxIterator;
+const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
+
+	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
+	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
+	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
+	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
+	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
+	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
+	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+	{
+		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
+		listed below.  In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
+		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
+		https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
+
+			1) Stack overflow -
+			   see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
+			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
+			   https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
+			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
+			   https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
+			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
+			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+		**********************************************************************/
+
+		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
+		{
+			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
+			insertion position. */
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
+	item later. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
+{
+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
+item. */
+List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+	{
+		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+
+	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/freertos/portable/Common/mpu_wrappers.c b/freertos/portable/Common/mpu_wrappers.c
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
index 867b0238..757955d8
--- a/freertos/portable/Common/mpu_wrappers.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/Common/mpu_wrappers.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
  *
  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
  * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -46,17 +46,48 @@ task.h is included from an application file. */
 
 #undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
 
-/*
- * Checks to see if being called from the context of an unprivileged task, and
- * if so raises the privilege level and returns false - otherwise does nothing
- * other than return true.
+/**
+ * @brief Calls the port specific code to raise the privilege.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE if privilege was raised, pdTRUE otherwise.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/**
+ * @brief If xRunningPrivileged is not pdTRUE, calls the port specific
+ * code to reset the privilege, otherwise does nothing.
  */
-extern BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void );
+void vPortResetPrivilege( BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged );
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+{
+BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged;
+
+	/* Check whether the processor is already privileged. */
+	xRunningPrivileged = portIS_PRIVILEGED();
+
+	/* If the processor is not already privileged, raise privilege. */
+	if( xRunningPrivileged != pdTRUE )
+	{
+		portRAISE_PRIVILEGE();
+	}
+
+	return xRunningPrivileged;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
+void vPortResetPrivilege( BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged )
+{
+	if( xRunningPrivileged != pdTRUE )
+	{
+		portRESET_PRIVILEGE();
+	}
+}
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -69,7 +100,7 @@ extern BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void );
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -82,7 +113,7 @@ extern BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void );
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode, const char * const pcName, uint16_t usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode, const char * const pcName, uint16_t usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -95,7 +126,7 @@ extern BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void );
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -107,7 +138,7 @@ extern BaseType_t xPortRaisePrivilege( void );
 #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -117,7 +148,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToDelete )
+	void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToDelete ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -128,7 +159,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
+	void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -139,7 +170,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -152,7 +183,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskDelay( TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
+	void MPU_vTaskDelay( TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -163,7 +194,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t pxTask )
+	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t pxTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -176,7 +207,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t pxTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
+	void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t pxTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -187,7 +218,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
-	eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t pxTask )
+	eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t pxTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 	eTaskState eReturn;
@@ -200,7 +231,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
+	void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -211,7 +242,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
-	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -224,7 +255,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToSuspend )
+	void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToSuspend ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -235,7 +266,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToResume )
+	void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t pxTaskToResume ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -245,7 +276,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -254,7 +285,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void )
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -265,7 +296,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 TickType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -276,7 +307,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -287,7 +318,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery )
+char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 char *pcReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -299,7 +330,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -312,7 +343,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	void MPU_vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	void MPU_vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -323,7 +354,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -333,8 +364,21 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
+#if( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
+	uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+	{
+	uint32_t xReturn;
+	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
+
+		xReturn = ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter();
+		vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
 #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxTagValue )
+	void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxTagValue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -345,7 +389,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-	TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -358,7 +402,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-	void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
+	void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -369,7 +413,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-	void *MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
+	void *MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	void *pvReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -382,7 +426,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -395,7 +439,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t *pulTotalRunTime )
+	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t *pulTotalRunTime ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -407,8 +451,19 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
+
+	xReturn = xTaskCatchUpTicks( xTicksToCatchUp );
+	vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
 #if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
-	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -420,8 +475,21 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+	{
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxReturn;
+	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
+
+		uxReturn = uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( xTask );
+		vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
 #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 )
-	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -434,7 +502,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -446,7 +514,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -455,7 +523,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -467,7 +535,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -480,7 +548,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -493,7 +561,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	uint32_t ulReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -506,7 +574,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -519,7 +587,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t ucQueueType ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -532,7 +600,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -544,7 +612,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t pxQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t pxQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -555,7 +623,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -566,7 +634,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t pxQueue )
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t pxQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 UBaseType_t uxReturn;
@@ -577,7 +645,7 @@ UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 UBaseType_t uxReturn;
@@ -588,7 +656,7 @@ UBaseType_t uxReturn;
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 BaseType_t xReturn;
@@ -599,7 +667,7 @@ BaseType_t xReturn;
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 BaseType_t xReturn;
@@ -610,7 +678,7 @@ BaseType_t xReturn;
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 BaseType_t xReturn;
@@ -621,30 +689,21 @@ BaseType_t xReturn;
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	xReturn = xQueuePeekFromISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-	vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-{
-BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
-void * xReturn;
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+	{
+	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
+	void * xReturn;
 
-	xReturn = xQueueGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore );
-	vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
-	return xReturn;
-}
+		xReturn = xQueueGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore );
+		vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+#endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -657,7 +716,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -670,7 +729,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( UBaseType_t uxCountValue, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( UBaseType_t uxCountValue, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -684,7 +743,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 
 #if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
 
-	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -697,7 +756,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xBlockTime )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xBlockTime ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -710,7 +769,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -723,7 +782,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
+	QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueSetHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -736,7 +795,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t xBlockTimeTicks )
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t xBlockTimeTicks ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -749,7 +808,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -762,7 +821,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -775,7 +834,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
-	void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName )
+	void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -787,7 +846,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
-	void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -799,7 +858,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
-	const char *MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	const char *MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 	const char *pcReturn;
@@ -812,7 +871,7 @@ void * xReturn;
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -823,7 +882,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	void *MPU_pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize )
+	void *MPU_pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	void *pvReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -838,7 +897,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	void MPU_vPortFree( void *pv )
+	void MPU_vPortFree( void *pv ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -850,7 +909,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	void MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+	void MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -862,7 +921,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	size_t MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+	size_t MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	size_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -877,7 +936,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
+	TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TimerHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -891,7 +950,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer )
+	TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TimerHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -905,7 +964,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	void *MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	void *MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	void * pvReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -919,7 +978,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
+	void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -930,7 +989,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -944,7 +1003,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
+	TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -958,7 +1017,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -972,7 +1031,18 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
+	{
+	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
+
+		vTimerSetReloadMode( xTimer, uxAutoReload );
+		vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
+	}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+	const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	const char * pcReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -986,7 +1056,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TickType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1000,7 +1070,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	TickType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1014,7 +1084,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	BaseType_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1028,7 +1098,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void )
+	EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	EventGroupHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1042,7 +1112,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
+	EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	EventGroupHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1055,7 +1125,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 #endif
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 EventBits_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1067,7 +1137,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 EventBits_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1079,7 +1149,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 EventBits_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1091,7 +1161,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 EventBits_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1103,7 +1173,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -1112,7 +1182,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 size_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1124,19 +1194,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-size_t xReturn;
-BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
-
-	xReturn = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-	vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 size_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1148,7 +1206,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 size_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1160,19 +1218,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-size_t xReturn;
-BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
-
-	xReturn = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-	vPortResetPrivilege( xRunningPrivileged );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 
@@ -1181,7 +1227,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1193,7 +1239,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1205,7 +1251,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1217,7 +1263,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 size_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1229,7 +1275,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 size_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1241,7 +1287,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 }
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel )
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 {
 BaseType_t xReturn;
 BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1254,7 +1300,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
+	StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
@@ -1268,7 +1314,7 @@ BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+	StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) /* FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL */
 	{
 	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
 	BaseType_t xRunningPrivileged = xPortRaisePrivilege();
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url b/freertos/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b04bfe3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
+Prop3=19,2
+[InternetShortcut]
+URL=http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
+IDList=
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
index 6dfb3cbc..137733ad 100755
--- a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
@@ -1,188 +1,146 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-/*
- * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc().  Note that this
- * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
- *
- * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#else
-	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-
-static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-static uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
-
-	/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
-	#if( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
-	{
-		if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
-		{
-			/* Byte alignment required. */
-			xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
-		{
-			/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-			pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-		}
-
-		/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
-		if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
-			( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte )	)/* Check for overflow. */
-		{
-			/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
-			block. */
-			pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
-			xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-	/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme.  See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
-	heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
-	http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
-	( void ) pv;
-
-	/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
-	configASSERT( pv == NULL );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-{
-	/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
-	xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
-}
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc().  Note that this
+ * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+/* Index into the ucHeap array. */
+static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+static uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
+
+	/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+	#if( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
+	{
+		if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+		{
+			/* Byte alignment required. */
+			xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
+		{
+			/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+			pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
+		}
+
+		/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
+		if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
+			( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte )	)/* Check for overflow. */
+		{
+			/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
+			block. */
+			pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
+			xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+	/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme.  See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
+	heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
+	( void ) pv;
+
+	/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
+	configASSERT( pv == NULL );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
+	xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
index bba85540..2c5ceb8e 100755
--- a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
@@ -1,314 +1,272 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/*
- * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
- * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
- * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory).  See heap_4.c for
- * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-
-/*
- * Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
- */
-static void prvHeapInit( void );
-
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#else
-	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-
-
-/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-of their size. */
-typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-{
-	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
-	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
-} BlockLink_t;
-
-
-static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE	= ( ( sizeof ( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
-
-/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
-
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
-static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-
-/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
-
-/*
- * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
- * the block.  Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
- * of the list.
- */
-#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert )								\
-{																					\
-BlockLink_t *pxIterator;															\
-size_t xBlockSize;																	\
-																					\
-	xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;										\
-																					\
-	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */	\
-	/* than the block we are inserting. */											\
-	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )	\
-	{																				\
-		/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */	\
-	}																				\
-																					\
-	/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */		\
-	/* position. */																	\
-	pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;					\
-	pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;									\
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
-static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
-		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
-		if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			prvHeapInit();
-			xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
-		}
-
-		/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-		structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-		if( xWantedSize > 0 )
-		{
-			xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-
-			/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
-			if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-			{
-				/* Byte alignment required. */
-				xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-			}
-		}
-
-		if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
-		{
-			/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
-			(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
-			pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-			pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-			while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-			{
-				pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-			}
-
-			/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
-			if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
-			{
-				/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
-				at its start. */
-				pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
-
-				/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
-				list of free blocks. */
-				pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-
-				/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
-				if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-				{
-					/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new block
-					following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
-					used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
-					pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-
-					/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
-					block. */
-					pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-					pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-
-					/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
-				}
-
-				xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-			}
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-BlockLink_t *pxLink;
-
-	if( pv != NULL )
-	{
-		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-		before it. */
-		puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-
-		/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
-		byte alignment warnings. */
-		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-			prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-			xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-			traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-{
-	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvHeapInit( void )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
-uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
-
-	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-
-	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
-	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-
-	/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
-	xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-	xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-
-	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
-	entire heap space. */
-	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
+ * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory).  See heap_4.c for
+ * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+
+/*
+ * Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
+ */
+static void prvHeapInit( void );
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their size. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+
+static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE	= ( ( sizeof ( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
+
+/*
+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
+ * the block.  Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
+ * of the list.
+ */
+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert )								\
+{																					\
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;															\
+size_t xBlockSize;																	\
+																					\
+	xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;										\
+																					\
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */	\
+	/* than the block we are inserting. */											\
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )	\
+	{																				\
+		/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */	\
+	}																				\
+																					\
+	/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */		\
+	/* position. */																	\
+	pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;					\
+	pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;									\
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+		if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			prvHeapInit();
+			xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
+		}
+
+		/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+		structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+		if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+		{
+			xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+			/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+			if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+			{
+				/* Byte alignment required. */
+				xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
+		{
+			/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
+			(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
+			pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+			pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+			while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+			{
+				pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			}
+
+			/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
+			if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
+			{
+				/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
+				at its start. */
+				pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
+
+				/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
+				list of free blocks. */
+				pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+				/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
+				if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+				{
+					/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new block
+					following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
+					used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
+					pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+					/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
+					block. */
+					pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+					/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+				}
+
+				xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+			}
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+		/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
+		byte alignment warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+			prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+			xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+			traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvHeapInit( void )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
+uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
+
+	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
+
+	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
+	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+	/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
+	xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+	xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
+	entire heap space. */
+	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
index f9220018..c391d463 100755
--- a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
@@ -1,139 +1,97 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-/*
- * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
- * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
- *
- * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
- * a heap memory area.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-void *pvReturn;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-	if( pv )
-	{
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			free( pv );
-			traceFREE( pv, 0 );
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-	}
-}
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
+ * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
+ *
+ * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
+ * a heap memory area.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+	if( pv )
+	{
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			free( pv );
+			traceFREE( pv, 0 );
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+	}
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
index e7c7ade6..8ff7bc2a 100755
--- a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
@@ -1,71 +1,29 @@
 /*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
 
 /*
  * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
@@ -139,10 +97,12 @@ static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( p
 /* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
 static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
 
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
+number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
 static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
 static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
 
 /* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
 member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
@@ -263,6 +223,7 @@ void *pvReturn = NULL;
 					by the application and has no "next" block. */
 					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
 					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
 				}
 				else
 				{
@@ -334,6 +295,7 @@ BlockLink_t *pxLink;
 					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
 					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
 					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
 				}
 				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
 			}
@@ -475,4 +437,56 @@ uint8_t *puc;
 		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
 	}
 }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock;
+size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+		/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
+		is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
+		if( pxBlock != NULL )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
+				so far. */
+				xBlocks++;
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
+				{
+					xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
+				{
+					xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
+				reached. */
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			} while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
+		}
+	}
+	xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
+		pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
 
diff --git a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
index d53e41e8..4ad266a6 100755
--- a/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
+++ b/freertos/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
@@ -1,71 +1,29 @@
 /*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
 
 /*
  * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
@@ -158,10 +116,12 @@ static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( p
 /* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
 static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
 
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
+number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
 static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
 static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
 
 /* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
 member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
@@ -273,6 +233,7 @@ void *pvReturn = NULL;
 					by the application and has no "next" block. */
 					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
 					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
 				}
 				else
 				{
@@ -343,6 +304,7 @@ BlockLink_t *pxLink;
 					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
 					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
 					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
 				}
 				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
 			}
@@ -524,4 +486,62 @@ const HeapRegion_t *pxHeapRegion;
 	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
 	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
 }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock;
+size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+		/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
+		is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
+		if( pxBlock != NULL )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
+				so far. */
+				xBlocks++;
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
+				{
+					xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				/* Heap five will have a zero sized block at the end of each
+				each region - the block is only used to link to the next
+				heap region so it not a real block. */
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize != 0 )
+				{
+					if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
+					{
+						xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
+				reached. */
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			} while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
+		}
+	}
+	xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
+		pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
 
diff --git a/freertos/queue.c b/freertos/queue.c
index a0dc6c5b..6f79c921 100644
--- a/freertos/queue.c
+++ b/freertos/queue.c
@@ -1,2941 +1,2941 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-	#include "croutine.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
-because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
-for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
-correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-
-/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
-#define queueUNLOCKED					( ( int8_t ) -1 )
-#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED			( ( int8_t ) 0 )
-
-/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
-pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
-Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
-not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
-structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
-names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
-is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
-a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
-being used for. */
-#define uxQueueType						pcHead
-#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX				NULL
-
-typedef struct QueuePointers
-{
-	int8_t *pcTail;					/*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
-	int8_t *pcReadFrom;				/*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
-} QueuePointers_t;
-
-typedef struct SemaphoreData
-{
-	TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;		 /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
-	UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
-} SemaphoreData_t;
-
-/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
-zero. */
-#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME		 ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-
-#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
-	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
- * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
- * rationale: https://www.freertos.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
- */
-typedef struct QueueDefinition /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-{
-	int8_t *pcHead;					/*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
-	int8_t *pcWriteTo;				/*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
-
-	union
-	{
-		QueuePointers_t xQueue;		/*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
-		SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
-	} u;
-
-	List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;		/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-	List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;	/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-
-	volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
-	UBaseType_t uxLength;			/*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
-	UBaseType_t uxItemSize;			/*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
-
-	volatile int8_t cRxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-	volatile int8_t cTxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;	/*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-		struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer;
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
-		uint8_t ucQueueType;
-	#endif
-
-} xQUEUE;
-
-/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
-name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
- * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
- */
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
-	to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
-	more user friendly. */
-	typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
-	{
-		const char *pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-		QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-	} xQueueRegistryItem;
-
-	/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
-	new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
-	debuggers. */
-	typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
-
-	/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
-	The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
-	array position being vacant. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-
-/*
- * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
- * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
- * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
- * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
- * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
- * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
- */
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
- * back of the queue.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item out of a queue.
- */
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	/*
-	 * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
-	 * the queue set that the queue contains data.
-	 */
-	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
- * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
- * as a mutex.
- */
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	/*
-	 * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
-	 * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
-	 * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
-	 * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
-	 * that priority.
-	 */
-	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
- * accessing the queue event lists.
- */
-#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )								\
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();									\
-	{														\
-		if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
-		{													\
-			( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
-		}													\
-		if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
-		{													\
-			( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
-		}													\
-	}														\
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
-{
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-		pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-		pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-
-		if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
-			the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
-			will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
-			the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
-			it will be possible to write to it. */
-			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
-			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	/* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
-	versions. */
-	return pdPASS;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-
-		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
-
-		/* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
-		supplied. */
-		configASSERT( pxStaticQueue != NULL );
-
-		/* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
-		should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
-		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) );
-		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) );
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
-			the real queue and semaphore structures. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) );
-			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
-		}
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-		/* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
-		The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
-		but is already set. */
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
-				note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
-				later deleted. */
-				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-	size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
-	uint8_t *pucQueueStorage;
-
-		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
-
-		if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* There is not going to be a queue storage area. */
-			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
-			can be in the queue at any time. */
-			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-		}
-
-		/* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
-		deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
-		blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
-		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
-		alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
-		is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
-		are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
-		is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
-		two bytes). */
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
-
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
-			storage area. */
-			pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
-			pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
-				note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
-				deleted. */
-				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
-{
-	/* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
-	configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
-	( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-	if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
-		be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
-		a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
-		value that is known to be within the memory map. */
-		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
-		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
-	}
-
-	/* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
-	defined. */
-	pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
-	pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
-	( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-	#if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-	traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
-	{
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			/* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
-			correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
-			mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
-			in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
-			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
-			pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
-
-			/* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
-			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
-
-			traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
-
-			/* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
-			( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
-		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
-
-		return xNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-		/* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
-		configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
-		( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
-		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
-
-		return xNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-	{
-	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
-
-		/* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
-		be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
-		calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
-		identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
-		following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-			{
-				pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxReturn = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return pxReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-	{
-	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
-
-		configASSERT( xSemaphore );
-
-		/* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
-		holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
-		not required here. */
-		if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-		{
-			pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxReturn = NULL;
-		}
-
-		return pxReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-		configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-		/* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
-		change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
-		pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
-		this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
-		pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
-		mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
-		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
-		{
-			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-			/* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
-			the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
-			uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
-			there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
-			uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
-			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
-
-			/* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
-			if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
-				task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
-				( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
-			holder. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-		configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-		/* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
-		xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
-
-		traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
-		{
-			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
-
-			/* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
-			obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
-			before reaching here. */
-			if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
-			{
-				( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-
-		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
-		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
-
-		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-		if( xHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return xHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-
-		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
-		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
-
-		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-		if( xHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return xHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-
-	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-	interest of execution time efficiency. */
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
-			highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
-			in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
-			queue is full. */
-			if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-				UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
-						{
-							/* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
-							was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
-							in the queue has not changed. */
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-						else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-							unblock. A context switch is required. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-						queue then unblock it now. */
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-								our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
-								do this from within the critical section - the
-								kernel takes care of that. */
-								queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* This path is a special case that will only get
-							executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
-							and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-							different to that in which they were taken. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-					/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-					queue then unblock it now. */
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-							our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
-							this from within the critical section - the kernel
-							takes care of that. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* This path is a special case that will only get
-						executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
-						the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-						different to that in which they were taken. */
-						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
-					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-					/* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
-					the function. */
-					traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
-					configure the timeout structure. */
-					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
-
-				/* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
-				event list.  It is possible that interrupts occurring now
-				remove this task from the event list again - but as the
-				scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
-				ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-				/* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
-				ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
-				task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
-				case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
-				is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Try again. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The timeout has expired. */
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			return errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	} /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
-	in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-	post). */
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
-			semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
-			in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
-			called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
-			the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
-			( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-							unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-								record that a context switch is required. */
-								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-								{
-									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-								}
-								else
-								{
-									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-								}
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
-	item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-	post). */
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	/* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
-	if the item size is not 0. */
-	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
-
-	/* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
-	there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
-	interrupts, only tasks. */
-	configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-		/* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
-		moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
-		space'. */
-		if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
-			holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
-			given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
-			can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
-			priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
-			messages (semaphores) available. */
-			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
-							posting	to the queue set caused a higher priority
-							task to	unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-								record that a context switch is required. */
-								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-								{
-									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-								}
-								else
-								{
-									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-								}
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
-	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
-	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
-	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-
-	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-	interest of execution time efficiency. */
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Data available, remove one item. */
-				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-				/* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
-				post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
-				task. */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
-					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
-					configure the timeout structure. */
-					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
-			the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
-				data. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
-			back and attempt to read the data. */
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	} /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
-#endif
-
-	/* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
-	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-	/* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
-	0. */
-	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
-
-	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-
-	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
-	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
-	of execution time efficiency. */
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
-			number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
-			const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-			if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-				/* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
-				messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
-				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-					{
-						/* Record the information required to implement
-						priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
-						pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-				/* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
-				semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
-					initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
-					if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
-					#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-					{
-						configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
-					}
-					#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-					/* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
-					(or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
-					so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
-					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
-			count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
-			become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
-			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-					{
-						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-						{
-							xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
-						}
-						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
-				attempt to take the semaphore again. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Timed out. */
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			/* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
-			expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
-			known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
-			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					/* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
-					pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
-					test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
-					if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-						{
-							UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
-
-							/* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
-							task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
-							has timed out the priority should be disinherited
-							again, but only as low as the next highest priority
-							task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
-							uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
-							vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
-						}
-						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	} /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
-	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
-	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
-	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-
-	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-	interest of execution time efficiency. */
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
-				is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
-				data, not removing it. */
-				pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
-
-				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-				traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
-
-				/* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
-				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-				/* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
-				any other tasks waiting for the data. */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
-						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
-					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
-					configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
-					state. */
-					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
-			queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
-				state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
-			exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
-				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	} /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-		if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-			/* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
-			Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-			will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
-			locked. */
-			if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
-						force a context switch. */
-						if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-						{
-							*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,  void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
-			actually being removed from the queue. */
-			pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
-			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
-
-	#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-	{
-		vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-	{
-		/* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
-		again. */
-		vPortFree( pxQueue );
-	}
-	#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	{
-		/* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-		check before attempting to free the memory. */
-		if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-		{
-			vPortFree( pxQueue );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
-		deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
-		( void ) pxQueue;
-	}
-	#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
-	{
-		( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
-
-		/* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
-		priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
-		disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
-		other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
-		return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
-		mutex. */
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
-		{
-			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
-		}
-
-		return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	/* This function is called from a critical section. */
-
-	uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-			{
-				/* The mutex is no longer being held. */
-				xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
-				pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-	}
-	else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-	{
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
-		pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
-		if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
-		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
-		{
-			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
-				one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
-				one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
-				correct. */
-				--uxMessagesWaiting;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
-		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-{
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
-
-	/* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
-	removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
-	locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
-	updated. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-		/* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
-		while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-		{
-			/* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
-			blocked waiting for data to become available? */
-			#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-				{
-					if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
-						the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
-						A context switch is required. */
-						vTaskMissedYield();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
-					added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
-					suspended. */
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							vTaskMissedYield();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						break;
-					}
-				}
-			}
-			#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			{
-				/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
-				the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
-						a context switch is required. */
-						vTaskMissedYield();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-			--cTxLock;
-		}
-
-		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	/* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-		while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-		{
-			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					vTaskMissedYield();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				--cRxLock;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t )  0 )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-		/* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
-		is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
-		between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
-				posting? */
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
-					return indicating that we need to block. */
-					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-			{
-				/* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
-				prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				/* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
-						that a yield might be appropriate. */
-						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-		/* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
-		is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
-		between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
-				leave with nothing? */
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
-					indicating that we need to block. */
-					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Data is available from the queue. */
-				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-				if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
-				{
-					pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-				--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-				( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				/* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
-	{
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-		/* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
-		exit without doing anything. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-
-			/* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
-			co-routine has not already been woken. */
-			if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						return pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxCoRoutineWoken )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-		/* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
-		not then just leave without doing anything. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* Copy the data from the queue. */
-			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-			if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
-			{
-				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-			--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-			if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						*pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-
-		/* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
-		a free slot. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
-			{
-				/* Store the information on this queue. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
-
-				traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-	const char *pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-		/* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
-		removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-			{
-				pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		return pcReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-
-		/* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
-		registry. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-			{
-				/* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
-
-				/* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
-				appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
-				added again. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-	} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-	void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-	{
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
-		It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
-		possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
-		so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
-		section. */
-
-		/* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
-		will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
-		list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
-		time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
-		the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
-		calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			/* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
-			vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-		prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
-	{
-	QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
-
-		pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
-
-		return pxQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-			else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
-				items in the queue/semaphore. */
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
-
-		if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
-		{
-			/* The queue was not a member of the set. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-		else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
-			not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
-			the queue. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				/* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
-				pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-		( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-		( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* This function must be called form a critical section. */
-
-		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer );
-		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
-
-		if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
-
-			/* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
-			xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
-						xReturn = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+	#include "croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED					( ( int8_t ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED			( ( int8_t ) 0 )
+
+/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
+pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
+Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
+not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
+structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
+names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
+is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
+a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
+being used for. */
+#define uxQueueType						pcHead
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX				NULL
+
+typedef struct QueuePointers
+{
+	int8_t *pcTail;					/*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+	int8_t *pcReadFrom;				/*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
+} QueuePointers_t;
+
+typedef struct SemaphoreData
+{
+	TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;		 /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
+	UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
+} SemaphoreData_t;
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME		 ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
+ * rationale: https://www.freertos.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition 		/* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	int8_t *pcHead;					/*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+	int8_t *pcWriteTo;				/*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+
+	union
+	{
+		QueuePointers_t xQueue;		/*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
+		SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
+	} u;
+
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;		/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;	/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+	UBaseType_t uxLength;			/*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+	UBaseType_t uxItemSize;			/*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+	volatile int8_t cRxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+	volatile int8_t cTxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;	/*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+		struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
+		uint8_t ucQueueType;
+	#endif
+
+} xQUEUE;
+
+/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
+	to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+	more user friendly. */
+	typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+	{
+		const char *pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+		QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+	} xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+	/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
+	new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
+	debuggers. */
+	typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
+
+	/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
+	The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+	array position being vacant. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
+	 * the queue set that the queue contains data.
+	 */
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
+ * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
+ * as a mutex.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+	 * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+	 * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+	 * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
+	 * that priority.
+	 */
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )								\
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();									\
+	{														\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+	}														\
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+		if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
+			the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
+			will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
+			the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
+			it will be possible to write to it. */
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
+	versions. */
+	return pdPASS;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		/* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
+		supplied. */
+		configASSERT( pxStaticQueue != NULL );
+
+		/* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
+		should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) );
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
+			the real queue and semaphore structures. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
+		The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
+		but is already set. */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
+				note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+	size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+	uint8_t *pucQueueStorage;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* There is not going to be a queue storage area. */
+			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
+			can be in the queue at any time. */
+			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+		}
+
+		/* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
+		deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
+		blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+		alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
+		is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
+		are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
+		is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
+		two bytes). */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
+			storage area. */
+			pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+			pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
+				note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
+				deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+{
+	/* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
+	configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
+	( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+	if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
+		be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
+		a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
+		value that is known to be within the memory map. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
+	}
+
+	/* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
+	defined. */
+	pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+	pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+	( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+	#if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+	traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+	{
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
+			correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
+			mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
+			in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+			/* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
+
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+
+			/* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+			( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		/* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
+		configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
+		( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
+
+		/* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
+		be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
+		calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
+		identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
+		following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxReturn = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( xSemaphore );
+
+		/* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
+		holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
+		not required here. */
+		if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+		{
+			pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
+		change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
+		pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+		this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+		pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
+		mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+			/* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
+			the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
+			uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+			there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+			uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+			/* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
+			if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
+				task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+				( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
+			holder. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+		xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+		traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
+			obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
+			before reaching here. */
+			if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
+			{
+				( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
+			highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
+			in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
+			queue is full. */
+			if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+				UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+						{
+							/* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+							was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+							in the queue has not changed. */
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+						else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock. A context switch is required. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+						queue then unblock it now. */
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+								our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
+								do this from within the critical section - the
+								kernel takes care of that. */
+								queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* This path is a special case that will only get
+							executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
+							and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+							different to that in which they were taken. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+					queue then unblock it now. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+							our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
+							this from within the critical section - the kernel
+							takes care of that. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* This path is a special case that will only get
+						executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
+						the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+						different to that in which they were taken. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+					/* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+					the function. */
+					traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+				event list.  It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+				remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+				scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+				ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+				ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+				task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+				case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+				is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Try again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			return errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
+	in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
+			semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
+			in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
+			called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
+			the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
+			( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
+	item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	/* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
+	if the item size is not 0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
+	there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
+	interrupts, only tasks. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
+		moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
+		space'. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
+			holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
+			given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
+			can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
+			priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
+			messages (semaphores) available. */
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
+							posting	to the queue set caused a higher priority
+							task to	unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data available, remove one item. */
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				/* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
+				post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
+				task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
+			the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
+				data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
+			back and attempt to read the data. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
+#endif
+
+	/* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
+	0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
+	of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
+			number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
+			const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
+				messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						/* Record the information required to implement
+						priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+						pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				/* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
+				semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
+					initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
+					if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
+					#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+					{
+						configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
+					(or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
+					so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
+			count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
+			become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
+				attempt to take the semaphore again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			/* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
+			expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
+			known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
+					pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
+					test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
+					if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
+
+							/* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
+							task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
+							has timed out the priority should be disinherited
+							again, but only as low as the next highest priority
+							task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
+							uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
+							vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
+				is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
+				data, not removing it. */
+				pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+				/* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+				/* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+				any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
+					state. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
+			queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
+				state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
+			exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
+			Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+			will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
+			locked. */
+			if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+						force a context switch. */
+						if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+						{
+							*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,  void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
+			actually being removed from the queue. */
+			pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+
+	#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	{
+		vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
+		again. */
+		vPortFree( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+		check before attempting to free the memory. */
+		if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			vPortFree( pxQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
+		deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
+		( void ) pxQueue;
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+
+		/* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+		priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+		disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+		other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
+		return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
+		mutex. */
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+		}
+
+		return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	/* This function is called from a critical section. */
+
+	uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				/* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+				xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+				pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+	}
+	else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
+		{
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
+				one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
+				one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
+				correct. */
+				--uxMessagesWaiting;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+{
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+	/* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+	removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
+	locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+		/* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+		while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			/* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
+			blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+			#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+				{
+					if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
+						the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
+						A context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
+					added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
+					suspended. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							vTaskMissedYield();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			{
+				/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+				the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
+						a context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+			--cTxLock;
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+		while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					vTaskMissedYield();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				--cRxLock;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t )  0 )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+				posting? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+					return indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+			{
+				/* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+				prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+						that a yield might be appropriate. */
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+				leave with nothing? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+					indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data is available from the queue. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+				if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+				{
+					pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+				( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+		exit without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+			/* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+			co-routine has not already been woken. */
+			if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						return pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+		not then just leave without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Copy the data from the queue. */
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+			if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+			{
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+			--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+			if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						*pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
+		a free slot. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the information on this queue. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+
+				traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+	const char *pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+		/* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
+		removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return pcReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+		registry. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				/* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+
+				/* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
+				appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
+				added again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+		It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+		possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+		so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
+		will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+		list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+		time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
+		the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+		calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			/* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
+	{
+	QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
+
+		pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
+
+		return pxQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
+				items in the queue/semaphore. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
+
+		if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
+		{
+			/* The queue was not a member of the set. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
+			not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
+			the queue. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
+				pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* This function must be called form a critical section. */
+
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer );
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
+
+		if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
+
+			/* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
+			xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
+						xReturn = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/readme.txt b/freertos/readme.txt
old mode 100644
new mode 100755
index b4986c9b..81518ecb
--- a/freertos/readme.txt
+++ b/freertos/readme.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
-components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
-specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to
-every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c.  The kernel is contained within these
-three files.  croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
-is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to
-a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header
-files.
-
-See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more
+Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
+components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are 
+specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to 
+every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c.  The kernel is contained within these 
+three files.  croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
+is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to 
+a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header 
+files.
+
+See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more 
 information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/freertos/stream_buffer.c b/freertos/stream_buffer.c
index 23cb444b..8cda238d 100644
--- a/freertos/stream_buffer.c
+++ b/freertos/stream_buffer.c
@@ -1,1263 +1,1263 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include 
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "stream_buffer.h"
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS != 1 )
-	#error configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e961, e9021 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
-because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
-for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
-correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-/* If the user has not provided application specific Rx notification macros,
-or #defined the notification macros away, them provide default implementations
-that uses task notifications. */
-/*lint -save -e9026 Function like macros allowed and needed here so they can be overidden. */
-#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED
-	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )										\
-		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
-		{																				\
-			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
-			{																			\
-				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,			\
-									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
-									  eNoAction );										\
-				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
-			}																			\
-		}																				\
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED */
-
-#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR
-	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer,								\
-										  pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )					\
-	{																					\
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
-																						\
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
-		{																				\
-			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
-			{																			\
-				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,	\
-											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
-											 eNoAction,									\
-											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
-				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
-			}																			\
-		}																				\
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
-	}
-#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR */
-
-/* If the user has not provided an application specific Tx notification macro,
-or #defined the notification macro away, them provide a default implementation
-that uses task notifications. */
-#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETED
-	#define sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )											\
-		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
-		{																				\
-			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
-			{																			\
-				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,		\
-									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
-									  eNoAction );										\
-				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
-			}																			\
-		}																				\
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETED */
-
-#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR
-	#define sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )		\
-	{																					\
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
-																						\
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
-		{																				\
-			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
-			{																			\
-				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,	\
-											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
-											 eNoAction,									\
-											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
-				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
-			}																			\
-		}																				\
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
-	}
-#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR */
-/*lint -restore (9026) */
-
-/* The number of bytes used to hold the length of a message in the buffer. */
-#define sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH ( sizeof( configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE ) )
-
-/* Bits stored in the ucFlags field of the stream buffer. */
-#define sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER		( ( uint8_t ) 1 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created as a message buffer, in which case it holds discrete messages rather than a stream. */
-#define sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ( ( uint8_t ) 2 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created using statically allocated memory. */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Structure that hold state information on the buffer. */
-typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention uses tag. */
-{
-	volatile size_t xTail;				/* Index to the next item to read within the buffer. */
-	volatile size_t xHead;				/* Index to the next item to write within the buffer. */
-	size_t xLength;						/* The length of the buffer pointed to by pucBuffer. */
-	size_t xTriggerLevelBytes;			/* The number of bytes that must be in the stream buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
-	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToReceive; /* Holds the handle of a task waiting for data, or NULL if no tasks are waiting. */
-	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToSend;	/* Holds the handle of a task waiting to send data to a message buffer that is full. */
-	uint8_t *pucBuffer;					/* Points to the buffer itself - that is - the RAM that stores the data passed through the buffer. */
-	uint8_t ucFlags;
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;		/* Used for tracing purposes. */
-	#endif
-} StreamBuffer_t;
-
-/*
- * The number of bytes available to be read from the buffer.
- */
-static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer message buffer.
- * Returns the number of bytes written, which will either equal xCount in the
- * success case, or 0 if there was not enough space in the buffer (in which case
- * no data is written into the buffer).
- */
-static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then reads an entire
- * message out of the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
- * buffer then read as many bytes as possible from the buffer.
- * prvReadBytesFromBuffer() is called to actually extract the bytes from the
- * buffer's data storage area.
- */
-static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
-										void *pvRxData,
-										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-										size_t xBytesAvailable,
-										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then writes an entire
- * message to the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
- * buffer then write as many bytes as possible to the buffer.
- * prvWriteBytestoBuffer() is called to actually send the bytes to the buffer's
- * data storage area.
- */
-static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer(  StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
-										const void * pvTxData,
-										size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-										size_t xSpace,
-										size_t xRequiredSpace ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Read xMaxCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer message buffer and write them
- * to pucData.
- */
-static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
-									  uint8_t *pucData,
-									  size_t xMaxCount,
-									  size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called by both pxStreamBufferCreate() and pxStreamBufferCreateStatic() to
- * initialise the members of the newly created stream buffer structure.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
-										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
-										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-										  uint8_t ucFlags ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
-	{
-	uint8_t *pucAllocatedMemory;
-	uint8_t ucFlags;
-
-		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
-		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
-		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
-		to hold at least one message. */
-		if( xIsMessageBuffer == pdTRUE )
-		{
-			/* Is a message buffer but not statically allocated. */
-			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER;
-			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Not a message buffer and not statically allocated. */
-			ucFlags = 0;
-			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > 0 );
-		}
-		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
-
-		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
-		the buffer was empty. */
-		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
-		}
-
-		/* A stream buffer requires a StreamBuffer_t structure and a buffer.
-		Both are allocated in a single call to pvPortMalloc().  The
-		StreamBuffer_t structure is placed at the start of the allocated memory
-		and the buffer follows immediately after.  The requested size is
-		incremented so the free space is returned as the user would expect -
-		this is a quirk of the implementation that means otherwise the free
-		space would be reported as one byte smaller than would be logically
-		expected. */
-		xBufferSizeBytes++;
-		pucAllocatedMemory = ( uint8_t * ) pvPortMalloc( xBufferSizeBytes + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 malloc() only returns void*. */
-
-		if( pucAllocatedMemory != NULL )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory, /* Structure at the start of the allocated memory. */ /*lint !e9087 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */ /*lint !e826 Area is not too small and alignment is guaranteed provided malloc() behaves as expected and returns aligned buffer. */
-										   pucAllocatedMemory + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ),  /* Storage area follows. */ /*lint !e9016 Indexing past structure valid for uint8_t pointer, also storage area has no alignment requirement. */
-										   xBufferSizeBytes,
-										   xTriggerLevelBytes,
-										   ucFlags );
-
-			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( ( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory ), xIsMessageBuffer );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer );
-		}
-
-		return ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pucAllocatedMemory; /*lint !e9087 !e826 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-														   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-														   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
-														   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
-														   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
-	{
-	StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Safe cast as StaticStreamBuffer_t is opaque Streambuffer_t. */
-	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
-	uint8_t ucFlags;
-
-		configASSERT( pucStreamBufferStorageArea );
-		configASSERT( pxStaticStreamBuffer );
-		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
-
-		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
-		the buffer was empty. */
-		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
-		}
-
-		if( xIsMessageBuffer != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Statically allocated message buffer. */
-			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER | sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Statically allocated stream buffer. */
-			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
-		}
-
-		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
-		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
-		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
-		to hold at least one message. */
-		configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
-			message buffer structure. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
-		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-		if( ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea != NULL ) && ( pxStaticStreamBuffer != NULL ) )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
-										  pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
-										  xBufferSizeBytes,
-										  xTriggerLevelBytes,
-										  ucFlags );
-
-			/* Remember this was statically allocated in case it is ever deleted
-			again. */
-			pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags |= sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
-
-			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer );
-
-			xReturn = ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e9087 Data hiding requires cast to opaque type. */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = NULL;
-			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer );
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer );
-
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
-			to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
-			vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
-			Force an assert. */
-			configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
-		}
-		#endif
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The structure and buffer were not allocated dynamically and cannot be
-		freed - just scrub the structure so future use will assert. */
-		( void ) memset( pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;
-#endif
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	{
-		/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
-		reset. */
-		uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* Can only reset a message buffer if there are no tasks blocked on it. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL )
-		{
-			if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL )
-			{
-				prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
-											  pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
-											  pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
-											  pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
-											  pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags );
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-				{
-					pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* It is not valid for the trigger level to be 0. */
-	if( xTriggerLevel == ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xTriggerLevel = ( size_t ) 1;
-	}
-
-	/* The trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the stream
-	buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
-	if( xTriggerLevel <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
-	{
-		pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevel;
-		xReturn = pdPASS;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xSpace;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-	xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
-	xSpace -= ( size_t ) 1;
-
-	if( xSpace >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
-	{
-		xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xSpace;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	xReturn = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-						  const void *pvTxData,
-						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-						  TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReturn, xSpace = 0;
-size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-
-	configASSERT( pvTxData );
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
-	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
-	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
-	message. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
-
-		/* Overflow? */
-		configASSERT( xRequiredSpace > xDataLengthBytes );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-
-		do
-		{
-			/* Wait until the required number of bytes are free in the message
-			buffer. */
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-				if( xSpace < xRequiredSpace )
-				{
-					/* Clear notification state as going to wait for space. */
-					( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
-
-					/* Should only be one writer. */
-					configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL );
-					pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer );
-			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
-			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
-
-		} while( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
-
-	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
-
-		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
-		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
-		{
-			sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-								 const void *pvTxData,
-								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReturn, xSpace;
-size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
-
-	configASSERT( pvTxData );
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
-	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
-	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
-	message. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
-	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
-
-	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
-		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
-		{
-			sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
-									   const void * pvTxData,
-									   size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-									   size_t xSpace,
-									   size_t xRequiredSpace )
-{
-	BaseType_t xShouldWrite;
-	size_t xReturn;
-
-	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* Doesn't matter if this is a stream buffer or a message buffer, there
-		is no space to write. */
-		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	else if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* This is a stream buffer, as opposed to a message buffer, so writing a
-		stream of bytes rather than discrete messages.  Write as many bytes as
-		possible. */
-		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
-		xDataLengthBytes = configMIN( xDataLengthBytes, xSpace );
-	}
-	else if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
-	{
-		/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer, and there
-		is enough space to write both the message length and the message itself
-		into the buffer.  Start by writing the length of the data, the data
-		itself will be written later in this function. */
-		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
-		( void ) prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xDataLengthBytes ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* There is space available, but not enough space. */
-		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	if( xShouldWrite != pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* Writes the data itself. */
-		xReturn = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alighment and access. */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = 0;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-							 void *pvRxData,
-							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-							 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
-
-	configASSERT( pvRxData );
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
-	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
-	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
-	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
-	message. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
-	}
-
-	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* Checking if there is data and clearing the notification state must be
-		performed atomically. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-			/* If this function was invoked by a message buffer read then
-			xBytesToStoreMessageLength holds the number of bytes used to hold
-			the length of the next discrete message.  If this function was
-			invoked by a stream buffer read then xBytesToStoreMessageLength will
-			be 0. */
-			if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-			{
-				/* Clear notification state as going to wait for data. */
-				( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
-
-				/* Should only be one reader. */
-				configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL );
-				pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-		{
-			/* Wait for data to be available. */
-			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer );
-			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
-			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
-
-			/* Recheck the data available after blocking. */
-			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-	}
-
-	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
-	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
-	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
-	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
-	read bytes from the buffer. */
-	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-	{
-		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
-
-		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
-		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
-			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xReceivedLength;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable, xOriginalTail;
-configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* Ensure the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-		if( xBytesAvailable > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH )
-		{
-			/* The number of bytes available is greater than the number of bytes
-			required to hold the length of the next message, so another message
-			is available.  Return its length without removing the length bytes
-			from the buffer.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
-			returned to its prior state as the message is not actually being
-			removed from the buffer. */
-			xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-			( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xBytesAvailable );
-			xReturn = ( size_t ) xTempReturn;
-			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The minimum amount of bytes in a message buffer is
-			( sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1 ), so if xBytesAvailable is
-			less than sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH the only other valid
-			value is 0. */
-			configASSERT( xBytesAvailable == 0 );
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = 0;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-									void *pvRxData,
-									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
-
-	configASSERT( pvRxData );
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
-	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
-	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
-	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
-	message. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
-	}
-
-	xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
-	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
-	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
-	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
-	read bytes from the buffer. */
-	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-	{
-		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
-
-		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
-		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
-
-	return xReceivedLength;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
-										void *pvRxData,
-										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-										size_t xBytesAvailable,
-										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-{
-size_t xOriginalTail, xReceivedLength, xNextMessageLength;
-configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempNextMessageLength;
-
-	if( xBytesToStoreMessageLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* A discrete message is being received.  First receive the length
-		of the message.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
-		returned to its prior state if the length of the message is too
-		large for the provided buffer. */
-		xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-		( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, xBytesToStoreMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
-		xNextMessageLength = ( size_t ) xTempNextMessageLength;
-
-		/* Reduce the number of bytes available by the number of bytes just
-		read out. */
-		xBytesAvailable -= xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
-
-		/* Check there is enough space in the buffer provided by the
-		user. */
-		if( xNextMessageLength > xBufferLengthBytes )
-		{
-			/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message
-			so return the buffer to its previous state (so the length of
-			the message is in the buffer again). */
-			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
-			xNextMessageLength = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* A stream of bytes is being received (as opposed to a discrete
-		message), so read as many bytes as possible. */
-		xNextMessageLength = xBufferLengthBytes;
-	}
-
-	/* Read the actual data. */
-	xReceivedLength = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
-
-	return xReceivedLength;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-size_t xTail;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* True if no bytes are available. */
-	xTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-	if( pxStreamBuffer->xHead == xTail )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
-const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	/* This generic version of the receive function is used by both message
-	buffers, which store discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a
-	continuous stream of bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
-	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the message. */
-	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* True if the available space equals zero. */
-	if( xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xStreamBuffer ) <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )
-		{
-			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,
-										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
-										 eNoAction,
-										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )
-		{
-			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,
-										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
-										 eNoAction,
-										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount )
-{
-size_t xNextHead, xFirstLength;
-
-	configASSERT( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 );
-
-	xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
-
-	/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be added in the first write -
-	which may be less than the total number of bytes that need to be added if
-	the buffer will wrap back to the beginning. */
-	xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextHead, xCount );
-
-	/* Write as many bytes as can be written in the first write. */
-	configASSERT( ( xNextHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
-	( void ) memcpy( ( void* ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
-
-	/* If the number of bytes written was less than the number that could be
-	written in the first write... */
-	if( xCount > xFirstLength )
-	{
-		/* ...then write the remaining bytes to the start of the buffer. */
-		configASSERT( ( xCount - xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer, ( const void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	xNextHead += xCount;
-	if( xNextHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
-	{
-		xNextHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	pxStreamBuffer->xHead = xNextHead;
-
-	return xCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer, uint8_t *pucData, size_t xMaxCount, size_t xBytesAvailable )
-{
-size_t xCount, xFirstLength, xNextTail;
-
-	/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
-	xCount = configMIN( xBytesAvailable, xMaxCount );
-
-	if( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-
-		/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
-		less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
-		the buffer. */
-		xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextTail, xCount );
-
-		/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
-		read.  Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
-		configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xMaxCount );
-		configASSERT( ( xNextTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
-
-		/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
-		that could be read in the first read... */
-		if( xCount > xFirstLength )
-		{
-			/*...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
-			configASSERT( xCount <= xMaxCount );
-			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from
-		the buffer. */
-		xNextTail += xCount;
-
-		if( xNextTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
-		{
-			xNextTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
-		}
-
-		pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xNextTail;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer )
-{
-/* Returns the distance between xTail and xHead. */
-size_t xCount;
-
-	xCount = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
-	xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
-	if ( xCount >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
-	{
-		xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
-										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
-										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-										  uint8_t ucFlags )
-{
-	/* Assert here is deliberately writing to the entire buffer to ensure it can
-	be written to without generating exceptions, and is setting the buffer to a
-	known value to assist in development/debugging. */
-	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-	{
-		/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
-		memory.  Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
-		result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
-		const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
-		configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
-	} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
-	#endif
-
-	( void ) memset( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 memset() requires void *. */
-	pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer = pucBuffer;
-	pxStreamBuffer->xLength = xBufferSizeBytes;
-	pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevelBytes;
-	pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags = ucFlags;
-}
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-	{
-		return xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber )
-	{
-		xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
-	{
-		return ( xStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS != 1 )
+	#error configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e961, e9021 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* If the user has not provided application specific Rx notification macros,
+or #defined the notification macros away, them provide default implementations
+that uses task notifications. */
+/*lint -save -e9026 Function like macros allowed and needed here so they can be overidden. */
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )										\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,			\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer,								\
+										  pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )					\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR */
+
+/* If the user has not provided an application specific Tx notification macro,
+or #defined the notification macro away, them provide a default implementation
+that uses task notifications. */
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETED
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )											\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,		\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )		\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR */
+/*lint -restore (9026) */
+
+/* The number of bytes used to hold the length of a message in the buffer. */
+#define sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH ( sizeof( configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE ) )
+
+/* Bits stored in the ucFlags field of the stream buffer. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER		( ( uint8_t ) 1 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created as a message buffer, in which case it holds discrete messages rather than a stream. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ( ( uint8_t ) 2 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created using statically allocated memory. */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Structure that hold state information on the buffer. */
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention uses tag. */
+{
+	volatile size_t xTail;				/* Index to the next item to read within the buffer. */
+	volatile size_t xHead;				/* Index to the next item to write within the buffer. */
+	size_t xLength;						/* The length of the buffer pointed to by pucBuffer. */
+	size_t xTriggerLevelBytes;			/* The number of bytes that must be in the stream buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToReceive; /* Holds the handle of a task waiting for data, or NULL if no tasks are waiting. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToSend;	/* Holds the handle of a task waiting to send data to a message buffer that is full. */
+	uint8_t *pucBuffer;					/* Points to the buffer itself - that is - the RAM that stores the data passed through the buffer. */
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;		/* Used for tracing purposes. */
+	#endif
+} StreamBuffer_t;
+
+/*
+ * The number of bytes available to be read from the buffer.
+ */
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer message buffer.
+ * Returns the number of bytes written, which will either equal xCount in the
+ * success case, or 0 if there was not enough space in the buffer (in which case
+ * no data is written into the buffer).
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then reads an entire
+ * message out of the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then read as many bytes as possible from the buffer.
+ * prvReadBytesFromBuffer() is called to actually extract the bytes from the
+ * buffer's data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then writes an entire
+ * message to the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then write as many bytes as possible to the buffer.
+ * prvWriteBytestoBuffer() is called to actually send the bytes to the buffer's
+ * data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer(  StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										const void * pvTxData,
+										size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+										size_t xSpace,
+										size_t xRequiredSpace ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Read xMaxCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer message buffer and write them
+ * to pucData.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+									  uint8_t *pucData,
+									  size_t xMaxCount,
+									  size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by both pxStreamBufferCreate() and pxStreamBufferCreateStatic() to
+ * initialise the members of the newly created stream buffer structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
+	{
+	uint8_t *pucAllocatedMemory;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer == pdTRUE )
+		{
+			/* Is a message buffer but not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Not a message buffer and not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = 0;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > 0 );
+		}
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		/* A stream buffer requires a StreamBuffer_t structure and a buffer.
+		Both are allocated in a single call to pvPortMalloc().  The
+		StreamBuffer_t structure is placed at the start of the allocated memory
+		and the buffer follows immediately after.  The requested size is
+		incremented so the free space is returned as the user would expect -
+		this is a quirk of the implementation that means otherwise the free
+		space would be reported as one byte smaller than would be logically
+		expected. */
+		xBufferSizeBytes++;
+		pucAllocatedMemory = ( uint8_t * ) pvPortMalloc( xBufferSizeBytes + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 malloc() only returns void*. */
+
+		if( pucAllocatedMemory != NULL )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory, /* Structure at the start of the allocated memory. */ /*lint !e9087 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */ /*lint !e826 Area is not too small and alignment is guaranteed provided malloc() behaves as expected and returns aligned buffer. */
+										   pucAllocatedMemory + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ),  /* Storage area follows. */ /*lint !e9016 Indexing past structure valid for uint8_t pointer, also storage area has no alignment requirement. */
+										   xBufferSizeBytes,
+										   xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										   ucFlags );
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( ( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory ), xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pucAllocatedMemory; /*lint !e9087 !e826 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+														   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+														   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+														   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+														   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+	{
+	StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Safe cast as StaticStreamBuffer_t is opaque Streambuffer_t. */
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		configASSERT( pucStreamBufferStorageArea );
+		configASSERT( pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated message buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER | sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated stream buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
+			message buffer structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		if( ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea != NULL ) && ( pxStaticStreamBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+										  pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+										  xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  ucFlags );
+
+			/* Remember this was statically allocated in case it is ever deleted
+			again. */
+			pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags |= sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer );
+
+			xReturn = ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e9087 Data hiding requires cast to opaque type. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer );
+
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
+			to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
+			vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
+			Force an assert. */
+			configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The structure and buffer were not allocated dynamically and cannot be
+		freed - just scrub the structure so future use will assert. */
+		( void ) memset( pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;
+#endif
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
+		reset. */
+		uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Can only reset a message buffer if there are no tasks blocked on it. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL )
+		{
+			if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL )
+			{
+				prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+				{
+					pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* It is not valid for the trigger level to be 0. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xTriggerLevel = ( size_t ) 1;
+	}
+
+	/* The trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the stream
+	buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevel;
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xSpace;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xSpace -= ( size_t ) 1;
+
+	if( xSpace >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xSpace;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xReturn = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+						  const void *pvTxData,
+						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+						  TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace = 0;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+
+		/* Overflow? */
+		configASSERT( xRequiredSpace > xDataLengthBytes );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+
+		do
+		{
+			/* Wait until the required number of bytes are free in the message
+			buffer. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+				if( xSpace < xRequiredSpace )
+				{
+					/* Clear notification state as going to wait for space. */
+					( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+					/* Should only be one writer. */
+					configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL );
+					pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+
+		} while( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+								 const void *pvTxData,
+								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+									   const void * pvTxData,
+									   size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+									   size_t xSpace,
+									   size_t xRequiredSpace )
+{
+	BaseType_t xShouldWrite;
+	size_t xReturn;
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Doesn't matter if this is a stream buffer or a message buffer, there
+		is no space to write. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	else if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* This is a stream buffer, as opposed to a message buffer, so writing a
+		stream of bytes rather than discrete messages.  Write as many bytes as
+		possible. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		xDataLengthBytes = configMIN( xDataLengthBytes, xSpace );
+	}
+	else if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
+	{
+		/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer, and there
+		is enough space to write both the message length and the message itself
+		into the buffer.  Start by writing the length of the data, the data
+		itself will be written later in this function. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		( void ) prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xDataLengthBytes ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* There is space available, but not enough space. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	if( xShouldWrite != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Writes the data itself. */
+		xReturn = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alighment and access. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+							 void *pvRxData,
+							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Checking if there is data and clearing the notification state must be
+		performed atomically. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+			/* If this function was invoked by a message buffer read then
+			xBytesToStoreMessageLength holds the number of bytes used to hold
+			the length of the next discrete message.  If this function was
+			invoked by a stream buffer read then xBytesToStoreMessageLength will
+			be 0. */
+			if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+			{
+				/* Clear notification state as going to wait for data. */
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+				/* Should only be one reader. */
+				configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL );
+				pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+		{
+			/* Wait for data to be available. */
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+
+			/* Recheck the data available after blocking. */
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable, xOriginalTail;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Ensure the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		if( xBytesAvailable > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH )
+		{
+			/* The number of bytes available is greater than the number of bytes
+			required to hold the length of the next message, so another message
+			is available.  Return its length without removing the length bytes
+			from the buffer.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+			returned to its prior state as the message is not actually being
+			removed from the buffer. */
+			xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+			( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xBytesAvailable );
+			xReturn = ( size_t ) xTempReturn;
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The minimum amount of bytes in a message buffer is
+			( sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1 ), so if xBytesAvailable is
+			less than sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH the only other valid
+			value is 0. */
+			configASSERT( xBytesAvailable == 0 );
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+									void *pvRxData,
+									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+{
+size_t xOriginalTail, xReceivedLength, xNextMessageLength;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+	if( xBytesToStoreMessageLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* A discrete message is being received.  First receive the length
+		of the message.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+		returned to its prior state if the length of the message is too
+		large for the provided buffer. */
+		xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+		( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, xBytesToStoreMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
+		xNextMessageLength = ( size_t ) xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+		/* Reduce the number of bytes available by the number of bytes just
+		read out. */
+		xBytesAvailable -= xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+		/* Check there is enough space in the buffer provided by the
+		user. */
+		if( xNextMessageLength > xBufferLengthBytes )
+		{
+			/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message
+			so return the buffer to its previous state (so the length of
+			the message is in the buffer again). */
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+			xNextMessageLength = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* A stream of bytes is being received (as opposed to a discrete
+		message), so read as many bytes as possible. */
+		xNextMessageLength = xBufferLengthBytes;
+	}
+
+	/* Read the actual data. */
+	xReceivedLength = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xTail;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* True if no bytes are available. */
+	xTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if( pxStreamBuffer->xHead == xTail )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This generic version of the receive function is used by both message
+	buffers, which store discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a
+	continuous stream of bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* True if the available space equals zero. */
+	if( xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xStreamBuffer ) <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount )
+{
+size_t xNextHead, xFirstLength;
+
+	configASSERT( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 );
+
+	xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+
+	/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be added in the first write -
+	which may be less than the total number of bytes that need to be added if
+	the buffer will wrap back to the beginning. */
+	xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextHead, xCount );
+
+	/* Write as many bytes as can be written in the first write. */
+	configASSERT( ( xNextHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+	( void ) memcpy( ( void* ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+	/* If the number of bytes written was less than the number that could be
+	written in the first write... */
+	if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+	{
+		/* ...then write the remaining bytes to the start of the buffer. */
+		configASSERT( ( xCount - xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer, ( const void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xNextHead += xCount;
+	if( xNextHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xNextHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxStreamBuffer->xHead = xNextHead;
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer, uint8_t *pucData, size_t xMaxCount, size_t xBytesAvailable )
+{
+size_t xCount, xFirstLength, xNextTail;
+
+	/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
+	xCount = configMIN( xBytesAvailable, xMaxCount );
+
+	if( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+
+		/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
+		less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
+		the buffer. */
+		xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextTail, xCount );
+
+		/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
+		read.  Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
+		configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xMaxCount );
+		configASSERT( ( xNextTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+		/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
+		that could be read in the first read... */
+		if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+		{
+			/*...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
+			configASSERT( xCount <= xMaxCount );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from
+		the buffer. */
+		xNextTail += xCount;
+
+		if( xNextTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+		{
+			xNextTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+		}
+
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xNextTail;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer )
+{
+/* Returns the distance between xTail and xHead. */
+size_t xCount;
+
+	xCount = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if ( xCount >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags )
+{
+	/* Assert here is deliberately writing to the entire buffer to ensure it can
+	be written to without generating exceptions, and is setting the buffer to a
+	known value to assist in development/debugging. */
+	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	{
+		/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
+		memory.  Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
+		result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
+		const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
+		configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
+	} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
+	#endif
+
+	( void ) memset( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 memset() requires void *. */
+	pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer = pucBuffer;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xLength = xBufferSizeBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevelBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags = ucFlags;
+}
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber )
+	{
+		xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return ( xStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/freertos/tasks.c b/freertos/tasks.c
index 64c89f0a..8afeb105 100644
--- a/freertos/tasks.c
+++ b/freertos/tasks.c
@@ -1,5121 +1,5305 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include 
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "stack_macros.h"
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
-because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
-for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
-correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
-functions but without including stdio.h here. */
-#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
-	/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
-	to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
-	uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
-	for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
-	//#include 
-	#include "printf.h"
-#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
-
-#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
-	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
-#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION	( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION		( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/*
- * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
- * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
- */
-#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE	( 0xa5U )
-
-/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
-dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
-that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
-FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
-allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
-the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
-settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
-allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
-stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
-deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
-made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
-tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
-task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
-that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
-a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB.
-!!!NOTE!!! If the definition of tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is
-changed then the definition of StaticTask_t must also be updated. */
-#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE	( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB 		( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY 			( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
-value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
-set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
-#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	1
-#else
-	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
- */
-#define tskRUNNING_CHAR		( 'X' )
-#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR		( 'B' )
-#define tskREADY_CHAR		( 'R' )
-#define tskDELETED_CHAR		( 'D' )
-#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR	( 'S' )
-
-/*
- * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to be
- * global, rather than file scope.
- */
-#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
-	#define static
-#endif
-
-/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
-configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
-	#define configIDLE_TASK_NAME "IDLE"
-#endif
-
-#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-
-	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
-	performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
-	microcontroller architecture. */
-
-	/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
-	state task. */
-	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
-	{																									\
-		if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )														\
-		{																								\
-			uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );														\
-		}																								\
-	} /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()															\
-	{																									\
-	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;														\
-																										\
-		/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */								\
-		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) )							\
-		{																								\
-			configASSERT( uxTopPriority );																\
-			--uxTopPriority;																			\
-		}																								\
-																										\
-		/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of						\
-		the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */									\
-		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );			\
-		uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;																\
-	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
-	they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
-	being used. */
-	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
-	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
-	performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
-	architecture being used. */
-
-	/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
-	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )	portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()														\
-	{																								\
-	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;																		\
-																									\
-		/* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */								\
-		portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );								\
-		configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 );		\
-		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );		\
-	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
-	is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
-	or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
-	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
-	{																									\
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )	\
-		{																								\
-			portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );							\
-		}																								\
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
-count overflows. */
-#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()																	\
-{																									\
-	List_t *pxTemp;																					\
-																									\
-	/* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */						\
-	configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );										\
-																									\
-	pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;																		\
-	pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;													\
-	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;																\
-	xNumOfOverflows++;																				\
-	prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();																	\
-}
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
- * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
- */
-#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )																\
-	traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );														\
-	taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );												\
-	vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
-	tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Several functions take an TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
- * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
- * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
- * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
- */
-#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
-
-/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
-of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
-priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
-is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
-being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
-the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
-responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
-to its original value when it is released. */
-#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
-	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x8000U
-#else
-	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x80000000UL
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
- * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
- * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
- */
-typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-{
-	volatile StackType_t	*pxTopOfStack;	/*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-
-	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-		xMPU_SETTINGS	xMPUSettings;		/*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-	#endif
-
-	ListItem_t			xStateListItem;	/*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
-	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
-	UBaseType_t			uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
-	StackType_t			*pxStack;			/*< Points to the start of the stack. */
-	char				pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-	#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
-		StackType_t		*pxEndOfStack;		/*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxCriticalNesting;	/*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxTCBNumber;		/*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
-		UBaseType_t		uxTaskNumber;		/*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxBasePriority;		/*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
-		UBaseType_t		uxMutexesHeld;
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-		TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-		void			*pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		uint32_t		ulRunTimeCounter;	/*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		/* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
-		Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
-		used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
-		responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
-		newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
-		stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
-		implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks. */
-		struct	_reent xNewLib_reent;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-		volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue;
-		volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState;
-	#endif
-
-	/* See the comments above the definition of
-	tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
-	#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-		uint8_t	ucStaticallyAllocated; 		/*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-		uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-		int iTaskErrno;
-	#endif
-
-} tskTCB;
-
-/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
-below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
-
-/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
-which static variables must be declared volatile. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-
-/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
-xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be move to function scople but
-doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
-the static qualifier. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ];/*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;						/*< Delayed tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;						/*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;				/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;		/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;						/*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
-
-#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination;				/*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-#endif
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList;					/*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
-
-#endif
-
-/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
-the errno of the currently running task. */
-#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-	int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
-#endif
-
-/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks 	= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount 				= ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority 		= tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning 		= pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxPendedTicks 			= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending 			= pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows 			= ( BaseType_t ) 0;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber 					= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime		= ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle					= NULL;			/*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
-
-/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
-interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
-lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
-If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
-moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
-kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
-when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
-accessed from a critical section. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended	= ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
-
-#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-
-	/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
-	code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;	/*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL;		/*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
-
-#endif
-
-/*lint -restore */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
-#if(  configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 )
-
-	extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName );
-
-#endif
-
-#if( configUSE_TICK_HOOK > 0 )
-
-	extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
-
-#endif
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
-
-#endif
-
-/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
- * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
- * is in any other state.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*
- * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
- * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
- * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
- * creation of the first user task.
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
-
-/*
- * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
- * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
- *
- * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
- * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
- * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
- * and its TCB deleted.
- */
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
- * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
- */
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
- * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
- * a suspended list, etc.).
- *
- * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
- * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
- * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
- * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
- * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
- */
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-
-	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
- * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
- *
- * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
- * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
- * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
- * set to a value other than 1.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
- * will exit the Blocked state.
- */
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void );
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	/*
-	 * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
-	 * human readable tables of task information.
-	 */
-	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName, 		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
-									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
- * under the control of the scheduler.
- */
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
- * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
- * called by the function.
- */
-#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-
-	static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-		configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-		configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
-			structure. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-			( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
-		}
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-
-		if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
-		{
-			/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
-			function - use them. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-			pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
-
-			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-			{
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = NULL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-
-		if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
-		{
-			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
-			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
-			not static allocation is being used. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
-
-			/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-			pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
-
-			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-			{
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
-									pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
-									( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
-									pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
-									pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
-									pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
-									pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
-
-			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
-
-		if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
-			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
-			not static allocation is being used. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-				pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
-
-				#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
-					this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
-					later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
-					pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
-										pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
-										( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
-										pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
-										pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
-										pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
-										pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
-
-				prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-							const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-							const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
-							void * const pvParameters,
-							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
-		does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
-		the TCB then the stack. */
-		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-		{
-			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
-			the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
-			allocation is being used. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
-				The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
-				be deleted later if required. */
-				pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-				if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
-					vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
-					pxNewTCB = NULL;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-		{
-		StackType_t *pxStack;
-
-			/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
-			pxStack = pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
-
-			if( pxStack != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Allocate space for the TCB. */
-				pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
-
-				if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-					pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
-					it again. */
-					vPortFree( pxStack );
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxNewTCB = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-		if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-		{
-			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-			{
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
-									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
-{
-StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;
-UBaseType_t x;
-
-	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-		/* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
-		BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
-		if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
-		{
-			xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
-	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
-
-	configASSERT( pcName );
-
-	/* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
-	#if( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
-	{
-		/* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
-		( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
-	}
-	#endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
-
-	/* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
-	grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
-	portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
-	by the port. */
-	#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-	{
-		pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
-		pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
-
-		/* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
-		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-
-		#if( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
-			debugging. */
-			pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
-		}
-		#endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
-	}
-	#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-	{
-		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
-
-		/* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
-		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-
-		/* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
-		performed. */
-		pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
-	}
-	#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-	/* Store the task name in the TCB. */
-	for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
-
-		/* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
-		configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
-		string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
-		if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
-	was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
-	pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
-
-	/* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large.  First
-	remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
-	if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-	{
-		uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
-	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
-		pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	/* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
-	back to	the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-	/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-	}
-	#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-
-	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-
-	#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-	{
-		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
-		( void ) xRegions;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-	{
-		for( x = 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS; x++ )
-		{
-			pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ x ] = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0;
-		pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-	{
-		/* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure. */
-		_REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
-	but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
-	to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
-	the top of stack variable is updated. */
-	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
-	}
-	#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
-	}
-	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-
-	if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
-		change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
-		*pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB )
-{
-	/* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
-	updated. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
-		if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
-		{
-			/* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
-			the suspended state - make this the current task. */
-			pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-
-			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				/* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
-				initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
-				fails, but we will report the failure. */
-				prvInitialiseTaskLists();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
-			current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
-			so far. */
-			if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		uxTaskNumber++;
-
-		#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
-			pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-		traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
-
-		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-
-		portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
-		then it should run now. */
-		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-		{
-			taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
-			being deleted. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
-
-			/* Remove task from the ready list. */
-			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
-			detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
-			portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
-			not return. */
-			uxTaskNumber++;
-
-			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-			{
-				/* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
-				task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
-				Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
-				check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
-				the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
-				vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
-				there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
-				check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
-				++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-
-				/* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
-				in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
-				after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
-				hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
-				required. */
-				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-
-				/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
-				the task that has just been deleted. */
-				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
-		been deleted. */
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-			{
-				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
-	{
-	TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
-
-		configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
-		configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
-		configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-			block. */
-			const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-			/* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
-			xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
-
-			if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
-			{
-				/* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
-				lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
-				actually delay is if the wake time has also	overflowed,
-				and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
-				is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
-				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-				{
-					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
-				delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
-				tick time is less than the wake time. */
-				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-				{
-					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-
-			/* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
-			*pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
-
-			if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
-
-				/* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
-				the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
-				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-		have put ourselves to sleep. */
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
-		if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-			vTaskSuspendAll();
-			{
-				traceTASK_DELAY();
-
-				/* A task that is removed from the event list while the
-				scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
-				list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
-				is resumed.
-
-				This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
-				executing task. */
-				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
-			}
-			xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-		have put ourselves to sleep. */
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) )
-
-	eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	eTaskState eReturn;
-	List_t const * pxStateList, *pxDelayedList, *pxOverflowedDelayedList;
-	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-		{
-			/* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
-			eReturn = eRunning;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-				pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
-				pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
-			{
-				/* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
-				lists. */
-				eReturn = eBlocked;
-			}
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-				else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
-				{
-					/* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
-					list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
-					indefinitely? */
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
-					{
-						#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-						{
-							/* The task does not appear on the event list item of
-							and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
-							blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
-							rather than waiting on an object. */
-							if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-							{
-								eReturn = eBlocked;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								eReturn = eSuspended;
-							}
-						}
-						#else
-						{
-							eReturn = eSuspended;
-						}
-						#endif
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						eReturn = eBlocked;
-					}
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-				else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
-				{
-					/* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
-					tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
-					all. */
-					eReturn = eDeleted;
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
-			{
-				/* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
-				Ready (including pending ready) state. */
-				eReturn = eReady;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return eReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
-			that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-			task that is being queried. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-		configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
-
-		/* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
-		if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-		{
-			uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-			task that is being changed. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-			traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
-
-			#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-			{
-				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
-			{
-				/* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
-				priority than the calling task. */
-				if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
-				{
-					if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
-					{
-						/* The priority of a task other than the currently
-						running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
-						raised above that of the running task? */
-						if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-						{
-							xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The priority of the running task is being raised,
-						but the running task must already be the highest
-						priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
-					}
-				}
-				else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-				{
-					/* Setting the priority of the running task down means
-					there may now be another task of higher priority that
-					is ready to execute. */
-					xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
-					require a yield as the running task must be above the
-					new priority of the task being modified. */
-				}
-
-				/* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
-				before its uxPriority member is changed so the
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
-				uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
-					currently using an inherited priority. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* The base priority gets set whatever. */
-					pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
-				}
-				#else
-				{
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
-				being used for anything else. */
-				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-				{
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
-				nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
-				the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
-				in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
-					adding it to it's new ready list.  As we are in a critical
-					section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
-						there is no need to check again and the port level
-						reset macro can be called directly. */
-						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
-				optimised task selection is not being used. */
-				( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
-			being suspended. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
-
-			traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
-
-			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
-			suspended list. */
-			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-			#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-				{
-					/* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
-					now suspended, so no notification was received. */
-					pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
-			task that is now in the Suspended state. */
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-		{
-			if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The current task has just been suspended. */
-				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
-				to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
-				must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
-				if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
-				{
-					/* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
-					NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
-					be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
-					is. */
-					pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					vTaskSwitchContext();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
-
-		/* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
-		section. */
-
-		/* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
-		configASSERT( xTask );
-
-		/* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
-		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
-			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the	Suspended
-				state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
-				{
-					xReturn = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
-
-		/* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
-		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-		/* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
-		currently executing task. */
-		if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
-
-					/* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
-					suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
-					( void ) uxListRemove(  &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						/* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
-						but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
-						next yield. */
-						taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
-
-				/* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
-					suspended list to the ready list directly. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
-					is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
-					unsuspended. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-		return xYieldRequired;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
-	#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	{
-		StaticTask_t *pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-		StackType_t *pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-		uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
-
-		/* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
-		address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
-		vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
-		xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvIdleTask,
-												configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
-												ulIdleTaskStackSize,
-												( void * ) NULL, /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
-												portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
-												pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
-												pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-
-		if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
-		xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvIdleTask,
-								configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
-								configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
-								( void * ) NULL,
-								portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
-								&xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-	}
-	#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	{
-		if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-		{
-			xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-
-	if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-	{
-		/* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
-		definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
-		the only macro called by the function. */
-		#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-		{
-			freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
-		before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
-		the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
-		so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
-		starts to run. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-			structure specific to the task that will run first. */
-			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-		xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
-		xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
-
-		/* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
-		macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
-		the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
-		is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
-		have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
-		FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
-		portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
-
-		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
-
-		/* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
-		portable interface. */
-		if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
-			function will not return. */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
-		because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
-		or the timer task. */
-		configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
-	}
-
-	/* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
-	meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
-	( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
-{
-	/* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
-	routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
-	layer must ensure interrupts enable	bit is left in the correct state. */
-	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-	vPortEndScheduler();
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
-{
-	/* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
-	BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
-	post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
-	http://goo.gl/wu4acr */
-	++uxSchedulerSuspended;
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
-	{
-	TickType_t xReturn;
-	UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
-		configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
-		task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
-		running. */
-		#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-		{
-			if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-			{
-				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-			}
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
-
-			/* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
-			variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
-			significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
-			above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
-			care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
-			if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
-			{
-				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-			}
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-		{
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
-		{
-			/* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
-			time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
-			processed. */
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
-			idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
-			configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB = NULL;
-BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
-	previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
-
-	/* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
-	list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
-	removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
-	scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
-	tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		--uxSchedulerSuspended;
-
-		if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-			{
-				/* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
-				appropriate ready list. */
-				while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* If the moved task has a priority higher than the current
-					task then a yield must be performed. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
-					which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
-					re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
-					important for low power tickless implementations, where
-					this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
-					state. */
-					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-				}
-
-				/* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
-				they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
-				not	slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
-				time. */
-				{
-					UBaseType_t uxPendedCounts = uxPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
-
-					if( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-					{
-						do
-						{
-							if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-							--uxPendedCounts;
-						} while( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U );
-
-						uxPendedTicks = 0;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
-					{
-						xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					#endif
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xAlreadyYielded;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
-{
-TickType_t xTicks;
-
-	/* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
-	portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		xTicks = xTickCount;
-	}
-	portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xTicks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
-{
-TickType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		xReturn = xTickCount;
-	}
-	portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
-{
-	/* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
-	BaseType_t. */
-	return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-	/* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
-	queried. */
-	pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-	configASSERT( pxTCB );
-	return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB, *pxReturn = NULL;
-	UBaseType_t x;
-	char cNextChar;
-	BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
-
-		/* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );  /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-			do
-			{
-				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-				/* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
-				mismatch. */
-				xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
-				for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-				{
-					cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
-
-					if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
-					{
-						/* Characters didn't match. */
-						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
-					{
-						/* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
-						found. */
-						pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
-						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						break;
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( pxReturn != NULL )
-				{
-					/* The handle has been found. */
-					break;
-				}
-
-			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return pxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-	TCB_t* pxTCB;
-
-		/* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
-		configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Search the ready lists. */
-			do
-			{
-				uxQueue--;
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
-
-				if( pxTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* Found the handle. */
-					break;
-				}
-
-			} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-			/* Search the delayed lists. */
-			if( pxTCB == NULL )
-			{
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-			}
-
-			if( pxTCB == NULL )
-			{
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-			}
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxTCB == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Search the suspended list. */
-					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxTCB == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Search the deleted list. */
-					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return pxTCB;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
-			if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
-			{
-				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-				task in the Ready state. */
-				do
-				{
-					uxQueue--;
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
-
-				} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-				task in the Blocked state. */
-				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-
-				#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-					each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-					each task in the Suspended state. */
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1)
-				{
-					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-					{
-						#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-							portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
-						#else
-							*pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-						#endif
-					}
-				}
-				#else
-				{
-					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-					{
-						*pulTotalRunTime = 0;
-					}
-				}
-				#endif
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return uxTask;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
-	{
-		/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-		started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-		configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-		return xIdleTaskHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
-This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
-implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
-1. */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
-	{
-		/* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
-		was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
-		each stepped tick. */
-		configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
-		xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
-		traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB = xTask;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
-			it is actually in the Blocked state. */
-			if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
-			{
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				/* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
-				interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
-				scheduler is suspended. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
-				the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
-				even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
-				is used. */
-				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-				{
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-					{
-						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-						pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-				/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
-				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-				/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
-				switch if preemption is turned off. */
-				#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
-					performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
-					equal to or higher than the currently executing task. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						/* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
-						is unsuspended. */
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
-{
-TCB_t * pxTCB;
-TickType_t xItemValue;
-BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
-	Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
-	tasks to be unblocked. */
-	traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-		block. */
-		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
-
-		/* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
-		delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
-		xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
-
-		if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
-		{
-			taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
-		the	queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
-		has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
-		look any further down the list. */
-		if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-		{
-			for( ;; )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
-					to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
-					unlikely that the
-					if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
-					next time through. */
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-					break;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
-					item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
-					at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
-					be removed from the Blocked state. */
-					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-					xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-					if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
-					{
-						/* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
-						item value is the time at which the task at the head
-						of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
-						state -	so record the item value in
-						xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
-						xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
-						break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deedmed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-					/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
-					it from the event list. */
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-					{
-						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
-					list. */
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
-					context switch if preemption is turned off. */
-					#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-					{
-						/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
-						only be performed if the unblocked task has a
-						priority that is equal to or higher than the
-						currently executing task. */
-						if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-						{
-							xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
-		processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
-		writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
-		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
-		{
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
-
-		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
-			count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
-			if( uxPendedTicks == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-			{
-				vApplicationTickHook();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		++uxPendedTicks;
-
-		/* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
-		scheduler is locked. */
-		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			vApplicationTickHook();
-		}
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-	{
-		if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-
-	return xSwitchRequired;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
-		getting set. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = xTask;
-		}
-
-		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = xTask;
-		}
-
-		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = xTask;
-		}
-
-		if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
-		{
-			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
-{
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
-		switch. */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
-		traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
-
-		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		{
-				#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-					portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
-				#else
-					ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-				#endif
-
-				/* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
-				accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
-				stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
-				protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
-				overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
-				against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
-				are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
-				if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-				ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
-		}
-		#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-		/* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
-		taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
-
-		/* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
-		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-		{
-			pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
-		optimised asm code. */
-		taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
-
-		/* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
-		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-		{
-			FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-			structure specific to this task. */
-			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
-	SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
-
-	/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-	This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
-	is the first to be woken by the event.  The queue that contains the event
-	list is locked, preventing simultaneous access from interrupts. */
-	vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-	the event groups implementation. */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
-
-	/* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
-	event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
-	task that is not in the Blocked state. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-	/* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
-	list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
-	event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
-	directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
-	the task level). */
-	vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-	{
-		configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
-		it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-
-		/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-		In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
-		be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
-		can be used in place of vListInsert. */
-		vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-		/* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
-		value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
-		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
-		if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
-		}
-
-		traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
-		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
-{
-TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
-	called from a critical section within an ISR. */
-
-	/* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
-	be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
-	the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
-
-	If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
-	get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
-	means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
-
-	This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
-	pxEventList is not empty. */
-	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
-		pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-		vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-	}
-
-	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-	{
-		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
-		priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
-		it should force a context switch now. */
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-
-		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
-		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-	{
-		/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-		might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
-		unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
-		normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
-		value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-		tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
-		at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
-		ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
-		prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue )
-{
-TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-	the event flags implementation. */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
-
-	/* Store the new item value in the event list. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-	/* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
-	event flags. */
-	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	( void ) uxListRemove( pxEventListItem );
-
-	/* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
-	scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
-	lists. */
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-	prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-
-	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-	{
-		/* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
-		a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
-		scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
-		occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
-		pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-{
-	/* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
-	pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
-	pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-	configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
-		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-		const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
-
-		#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
-				but has the same result. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-				xReturn = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-		#endif
-
-		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-			if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
-			{
-				/* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
-				specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
-				indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
-				xReturn = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			else
-		#endif
-
-		if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
-		{
-			/* The tick count is greater than the time at which
-			vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
-			vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
-			around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
-			was called. */
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
-		{
-			/* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
-			*pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
-			vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			*pxTicksToWait = 0;
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskMissedYield( void )
-{
-	xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xTask != NULL )
-		{
-			pxTCB = xTask;
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			uxReturn = 0U;
-		}
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-		if( xTask != NULL )
-		{
-			pxTCB = xTask;
-			pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-/*
- * -----------------------------------------------------------
- * The Idle task.
- * ----------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
-{
-	/* Stop warnings. */
-	( void ) pvParameters;
-
-	/** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
-	SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
-
-	/* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
-	the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
-	any. */
-	portTASK_CALLS_SECURE_FUNCTIONS();
-
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		/* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
-		is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
-		prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
-
-		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-		{
-			/* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
-			see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
-			preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
-			will automatically get the processor anyway. */
-			taskYIELD();
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-
-		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
-		{
-			/* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
-			timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
-			to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
-			timeslice.
-
-			A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
-			the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
-			the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
-			then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				taskYIELD();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
-
-		#if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
-
-			/* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
-			allows the application designer to add background functionality
-			without the overhead of a separate task.
-			NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
-			CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
-			vApplicationIdleHook();
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
-
-		/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
-		to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
-		user defined low power mode	implementations require
-		configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
-		#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-		{
-		TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
-
-			/* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
-			each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
-			test of the expected idle time is performed without the
-			scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
-			valid. */
-			xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-			if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-			{
-				vTaskSuspendAll();
-				{
-					/* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
-					time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
-					be used. */
-					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
-					xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-					/* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
-					if the application does not want
-					portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
-					configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
-
-					if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-					{
-						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
-						portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
-						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
-	{
-	/* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
-	const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
-	eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
-		{
-			/* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
-			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-		}
-		else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
-			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
-			have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
-			then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
-			interrupts. */
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
-			{
-				eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		return eReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-		{
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
-			pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
-	{
-	void *pvReturn = NULL;
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-		{
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-			pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pvReturn = NULL;
-		}
-
-		return pvReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		/* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
-		the calling task. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
-
-		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
-	}
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxPriority;
-
-	for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
-	}
-
-	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
-	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
-	vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-	/* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
-	using list2. */
-	pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
-	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
-{
-
-	/** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-	{
-		TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		/* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
-		being called too often in the idle task. */
-		while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-				--uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		/* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
-		pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] );
-		pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
-		pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
-
-		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
-		value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
-		state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
-		if( eState != eInvalid )
-		{
-			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
-
-				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-				{
-					/* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
-					chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
-					it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
-					if( eState == eSuspended )
-					{
-						vTaskSuspendAll();
-						{
-							if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-							{
-								pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
-							}
-						}
-						( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
-		}
-
-		/* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
-		parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
-		if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
-			}
-			#endif
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState )
-	{
-	configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-			/* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
-			pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
-			pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
-			meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
-			do
-			{
-				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-				vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
-				uxTask++;
-			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return uxTask;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-
-	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
-
-		while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
-		{
-			pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
-			ulCount++;
-		}
-
-		ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
-
-		return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
-		{
-			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB )
-	{
-		/* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
-		above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
-		want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
-		portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
-
-		/* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
-		to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			_reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
-		{
-			/* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
-			the stack and TCB. */
-			vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
-			vPortFree( pxTCB );
-		}
-		#elif( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-		{
-			/* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-			check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
-			memory. */
-			if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
-			{
-				/* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
-				must be freed. */
-				vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
-				vPortFree( pxTCB );
-			}
-			else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
-			{
-				/* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
-				only memory that must be freed. */
-				vPortFree( pxTCB );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
-				nothing needs to be freed. */
-				configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB	);
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-	if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
-		the maximum possible value so it is	extremely unlikely that the
-		if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
-		there is an item in the delayed list. */
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
-		the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
-		which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
-		from the Blocked state. */
-		( pxTCB ) = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
-	{
-	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-		/* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
-		an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
-		individual execution thread. */
-		xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-			{
-				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
-		locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
-		needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
-		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-		{
-			/* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
-			the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
-			inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
-			if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-			{
-				/* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
-				priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
-				not being used for anything else. */
-				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-				{
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
-				to be moved into a new list. */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
-					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Just inherit the priority. */
-					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-				}
-
-				traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
-
-				/* Inheritance occurred. */
-				xReturn = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
-					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
-					current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
-					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
-					Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
-					priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
-					not been the case. */
-					xReturn = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-		{
-			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
-			If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
-			interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
-			be the running state task. */
-			configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
-			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
-			( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
-
-			/* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
-			task? */
-			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
-			{
-				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
-				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
-					the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
-					given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
-					holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
-					the holding task from the ready list. */
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
-					new	ready list. */
-					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-
-					/* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
-					any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
-					running to give back the mutex. */
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
-					This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
-					multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
-					in an order different to that in which they were taken.
-					If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
-					returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
-					switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
-					a task is waiting on it or not. */
-					xReturn = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder, UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-	UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
-	const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-		{
-			/* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
-			one mutex. */
-			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
-
-			/* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
-			holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
-			holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
-			priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
-			if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
-			{
-				uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-			}
-
-			/* Does the priority need to change? */
-			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
-			{
-				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
-				simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
-				the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
-				the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
-				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
-				{
-					/* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
-					mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
-					its own priority. */
-					configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
-
-					/* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
-					priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
-					state. */
-					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
-					uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
-
-					/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
-					being used for anything else. */
-					if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-					{
-						listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
-					then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
-					Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
-					from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
-					the task's priority is going to change and there is one
-					Ready list per priority. */
-					if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-						{
-							taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-
-						prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
-	{
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
-
-			/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
-			function so	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
-			context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
-			interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
-			protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
-			critical section. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
-			{
-				portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskExitCritical( void )
-	{
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
-			{
-				( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
-
-				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName )
-	{
-	size_t x;
-
-		/* Start by copying the entire string. */
-		strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
-
-		/* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
-		printed out. */
-		for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
-		{
-			pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
-		}
-
-		/* Terminate. */
-		pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-		/* Return the new end of string. */
-		return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
-	{
-	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
-	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-	char cStatus;
-
-		/*
-		 * PLEASE NOTE:
-		 *
-		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-		 * scheduler.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
-		 * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-		 * displays task names, states and stack usage.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
-		 * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
-		 * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
-		 * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
-		 * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
-		 * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
-		 * snprintf() implementation!).
-		 *
-		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-		 * through a call to vTaskList().
-		 */
-
-
-		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-		function is executing. */
-		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
-		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-		equate to NULL. */
-		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
-
-		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
-			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
-
-			/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-			for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-			{
-				switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
-				{
-					case eRunning:		cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eReady:		cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eBlocked:		cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eSuspended:	cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eDeleted:		cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eInvalid:		/* Fall through. */
-					default:			/* Should not get here, but it is included
-										to prevent static checking errors. */
-										cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
-										break;
-				}
-
-				/* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
-				can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
-				pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-				/* Write the rest of the string. */
-				sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-				pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
-			}
-
-			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
-	{
-	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
-	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-	uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
-
-		#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
-		{
-			#error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/*
-		 * PLEASE NOTE:
-		 *
-		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-		 * scheduler.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
-		 * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-		 * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
-		 * in both absolute and percentage terms.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
-		 * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
-		 * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
-		 * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
-		 * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
-		 * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
-		 * a full snprintf() implementation!).
-		 *
-		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-		 * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-		 */
-
-		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-		function is executing. */
-		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
-		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-		equate to NULL. */
-		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
-
-		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
-			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
-
-			/* For percentage calculations. */
-			ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
-
-			/* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
-			if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
-			{
-				/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-				{
-					/* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
-					This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
-					ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
-					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
-
-					/* Write the task name to the string, padding with
-					spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
-					easily. */
-					pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
-					{
-						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-						{
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
-						}
-						#else
-						{
-							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-							printf() library can be used. */
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-						}
-						#endif
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
-						consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
-						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-						{
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
-						}
-						#else
-						{
-							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-							printf() library can be used. */
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-						}
-						#endif
-					}
-
-					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
-{
-TickType_t uxReturn;
-
-	uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	/* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
-	queues and semaphores. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
-	{
-		/* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
-		then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
-		if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
-		{
-			( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
-		}
-
-		return pxCurrentTCB;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue == 0UL )
-			{
-				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-					traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK();
-
-					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-					application code should ever do. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE();
-			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-
-			if( ulReturn != 0UL )
-			{
-				if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0UL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return ulReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-			{
-				/* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
-				set	by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
-				clear the value to zero. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
-
-				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-					traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK();
-
-					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-					application code should ever do. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT();
-
-			if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
-				have changed. */
-				*pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			/* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
-			blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
-			task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
-			unblocked because of a timeout. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-			{
-				/* A notification was not received. */
-				xReturn = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* A notification was already pending or a notification was
-				received while the task was waiting. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
-				xReturn = pdTRUE;
-			}
-
-			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			switch( eAction )
-			{
-				case eSetBits	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eIncrement	:
-					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
-					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-					{
-						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
-						xReturn = pdFAIL;
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case eNoAction:
-					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-					updated. */
-					break;
-
-				default:
-					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
-					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
-					compiler can't assume is const. */
-					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
-
-					break;
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-				{
-					/* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
-					out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
-					a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
-					because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
-					the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-					tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
-					sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
-					earliest possible time. */
-					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			switch( eAction )
-			{
-				case eSetBits	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eIncrement	:
-					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
-					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-					{
-						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
-						xReturn = pdFAIL;
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case eNoAction :
-					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-					updated. */
-					break;
-
-				default:
-					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
-					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
-					compiler can't assume is const. */
-					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
-					break;
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-					{
-						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-
-					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
-					safe FreeRTOS function. */
-					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			/* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
-			semaphore. */
-			( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-					{
-						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-
-					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
-					safe FreeRTOS function. */
-					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-		its notification state cleared. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-			{
-				pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-	{
-		/* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
-		reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
-		when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
-		pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
-	as the same list item is used for both lists. */
-	if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
-		check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
-		portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	{
-		if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
-		{
-			/* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
-			list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
-			indefinitely. */
-			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-			does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
-			kernel will manage it correctly. */
-			xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-			/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-			listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-			if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-			{
-				/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
-				list. */
-				vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
-				is used. */
-				vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
-				head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-				needs to be updated too. */
-				if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-				{
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	#else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-	{
-		/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-		does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
-		will manage it correctly. */
-		xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-		/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-		if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-		{
-			/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
-			vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
-			vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-			/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
-			list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
-			too. */
-			if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-			{
-				xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
-		( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-}
-
-/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
-especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
-when performing module tests). */
-
-#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
-	#include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#if( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
-
-	#include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
-
-	#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-		static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
-		{
-			FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
-		}
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "stack_macros.h"
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
+functions but without including stdio.h here. */
+#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
+	/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
+	to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
+	uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
+	for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
+	#include 
+#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
+#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION	( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION		( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE	( 0xa5U )
+
+/* Bits used to recored how a task's stack and TCB were allocated. */
+#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB 		( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY 			( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
+value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
+set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	1
+#else
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskRUNNING_CHAR		( 'X' )
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR		( 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR		( 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR		( 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR	( 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to be
+ * global, rather than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
+configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configIDLE_TASK_NAME "IDLE"
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
+	performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
+	microcontroller architecture. */
+
+	/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
+	state task. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )														\
+		{																								\
+			uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );														\
+		}																								\
+	} /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()															\
+	{																									\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;														\
+																										\
+		/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) )							\
+		{																								\
+			configASSERT( uxTopPriority );																\
+			--uxTopPriority;																			\
+		}																								\
+																										\
+		/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of						\
+		the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */									\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );			\
+		uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;																\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
+	they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
+	being used. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
+	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
+	performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
+	architecture being used. */
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )	portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()														\
+	{																								\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;																		\
+																									\
+		/* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );								\
+		configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 );		\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );		\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
+	is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
+	or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )	\
+		{																								\
+			portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );							\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
+count overflows. */
+#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()																	\
+{																									\
+	List_t *pxTemp;																					\
+																									\
+	/* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */						\
+	configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );										\
+																									\
+	pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;																		\
+	pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;													\
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;																\
+	xNumOfOverflows++;																				\
+	prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();																	\
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
+ * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )																\
+	traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );														\
+	taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );												\
+	vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
+	tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
+of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
+priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
+is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
+being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
+the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
+responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
+to its original value when it is released. */
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x8000U
+#else
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x80000000UL
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
+ * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
+ * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock 			/* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	volatile StackType_t	*pxTopOfStack;	/*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		xMPU_SETTINGS	xMPUSettings;		/*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+	#endif
+
+	ListItem_t			xStateListItem;	/*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
+	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
+	UBaseType_t			uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
+	StackType_t			*pxStack;			/*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+	char				pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+	#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
+		StackType_t		*pxEndOfStack;		/*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxCriticalNesting;	/*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxTCBNumber;		/*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxTaskNumber;		/*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxBasePriority;		/*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxMutexesHeld;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+		TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+		void			*pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		uint32_t		ulRunTimeCounter;	/*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		/* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
+		Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
+		used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
+		responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
+		newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
+		stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
+		implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks. */
+		struct	_reent xNewLib_reent;
+	#endif
+	#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 && configTLS_STATIC_SIZE > 0 )
+		uint8_t ucTls[configTLS_STATIC_SIZE];
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+		volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue;
+		volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState;
+	#endif
+
+	/* See the comments in FreeRTOS.h with the definition of
+	tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
+	#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		uint8_t	ucStaticallyAllocated; 		/*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+		uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		int iTaskErrno;
+	#endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 )
+extern uint8_t __tls_size[];
+
+/* Place symbols in the output file reporting the allocated TLS area
+ * and the required TLS area. These are used in a post-link validation
+ * check to make sure they match
+ */
+#define str(a) #a
+#define xstr(a) str(a)
+__asm(".global __tls_alloc\n.set __tls_alloc, " xstr(configTLS_STATIC_SIZE));
+__asm(".global __tls_size\n");
+#undef str
+#undef xstr
+#endif
+
+/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
+below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
+xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be move to function scople but
+doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
+the static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ];/*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;						/*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;						/*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;				/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;		/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;						/*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination;				/*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList;					/*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
+the errno of the currently running task. */
+#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+	int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks 	= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount 				= ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority 		= tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning 		= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xPendedTicks 			= ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending 			= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows 			= ( BaseType_t ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber 					= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime		= ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle					= NULL;			/*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
+
+/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
+interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
+lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
+If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
+moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
+kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
+when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
+accessed from a critical section. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended	= ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+	/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
+	code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;	/*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL;		/*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
+
+#endif
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+#if(  configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName );
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_TICK_HOOK > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
+ * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
+ * a suspended list, etc.).
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
+ * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
+ * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
+ *
+ * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+ * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
+ * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
+ * set to a value other than 1.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
+ * will exit the Blocked state.
+ */
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void );
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	/*
+	 * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
+	 * human readable tables of task information.
+	 */
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName, 		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
+ * under the control of the scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
+ * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
+ * called by the function.
+ */
+#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+
+	static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+
+		if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
+			function - use them. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
+
+			/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+									( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+									pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+									pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+									pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
+
+		if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+				#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+				{
+					/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
+					this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
+					later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
+					pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
+				}
+				#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+				prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+										( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+										pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+										pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+										pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+				prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+							const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+							const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+							void * const pvParameters,
+							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
+		does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
+		the TCB then the stack. */
+		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
+			the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
+			allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+				The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+				be deleted later if required. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
+					vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+					pxNewTCB = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		{
+		StackType_t *pxStack;
+
+			/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
+			pxStack = pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
+
+			if( pxStack != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+					pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
+					it again. */
+					vPortFree( pxStack );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxNewTCB = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+		if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+{
+StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;
+UBaseType_t x;
+
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		/* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+		BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
+		if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+	/* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
+	#if( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
+		( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
+	}
+	#endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
+
+	/* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
+	grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
+	portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
+	by the port. */
+	#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
+		pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		#if( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
+			debugging. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
+	}
+	#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		/* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
+		performed. */
+		pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
+	}
+	#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+	/* Store the task name in the TCB. */
+	if( pcName != NULL )
+	{
+		for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
+
+			/* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
+			configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
+			string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
+			if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
+		was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
+		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The task has not been given a name, so just ensure there is a NULL
+		terminator when it is read out. */
+		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] = 0x00;
+	}
+
+	/* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large.  First
+	remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+	if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+	{
+		uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+		pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
+	back to	the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+	#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+	#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
+		( void ) xRegions;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+	{
+		for( x = 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS; x++ )
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ x ] = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0;
+		pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure. */
+		_REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+	#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 && configTLS_STATIC_SIZE > 0 )
+	{
+		/* Make sure we reserved enough space for the TLS variables. That
+		 * value is determined at link time, yet we want it statically allocated
+		 * in the TCB, so all we can do here is make sure it's 'big enough'
+		 */
+		configASSERT( ( uintptr_t ) __tls_size <= configTLS_STATIC_SIZE );
+
+		/* Initialize this task's TLS values. */
+		_init_tls( &pxNewTCB->ucTls );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+	but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
+	to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+	the top of stack variable is updated. */
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		/* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+		pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+		function as well. */
+		#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		{
+			#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+			}
+			#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+			}
+			#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		}
+		#else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+		}
+		#endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+	}
+	#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+	{
+		/* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+		pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+		function as well. */
+		#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		{
+			#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+			}
+			#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+			}
+			#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		}
+		#else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+		}
+		#endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+	}
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
+		change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
+		*pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB )
+{
+	/* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+		if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+		{
+			/* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+			the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+			pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				/* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+				initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
+				fails, but we will report the failure. */
+				prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+			current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+			so far. */
+			if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		uxTaskNumber++;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+			pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+		traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+
+		portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+		then it should run now. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+		{
+			taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
+			being deleted. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
+			detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
+			portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
+			not return. */
+			uxTaskNumber++;
+
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				/* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
+				task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
+				Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
+				check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
+				the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
+				vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+				there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+				check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+				++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+
+				/* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
+				in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
+				after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
+				hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
+				required. */
+				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
+				the task that has just been deleted. */
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
+		been deleted. */
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
+	{
+	TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+		configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
+		configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+			block. */
+			const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+			/* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+			xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+			if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+			{
+				/* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+				lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
+				actually delay is if the wake time has also	overflowed,
+				and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
+				is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
+				delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+				tick time is less than the wake time. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+			*pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+			if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
+
+				/* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
+				the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+		if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+			vTaskSuspendAll();
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+				/* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+				scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+				list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+				is resumed.
+
+				This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+				executing task. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) )
+
+	eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	eTaskState eReturn;
+	List_t const * pxStateList, *pxDelayedList, *pxOverflowedDelayedList;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			/* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
+			eReturn = eRunning;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
+				pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
+			{
+				/* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
+				lists. */
+				eReturn = eBlocked;
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
+					list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
+					indefinitely? */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
+					{
+						#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+						{
+							/* The task does not appear on the event list item of
+							and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
+							blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
+							rather than waiting on an object. */
+							if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+							{
+								eReturn = eBlocked;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								eReturn = eSuspended;
+							}
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							eReturn = eSuspended;
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						eReturn = eBlocked;
+					}
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
+					tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
+					all. */
+					eReturn = eDeleted;
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
+			{
+				/* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
+				Ready (including pending ready) state. */
+				eReturn = eReady;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
+			that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+		/* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+		if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being changed. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+			traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
+
+			#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
+			{
+				/* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+				priority than the calling task. */
+				if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
+				{
+					if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
+					{
+						/* The priority of a task other than the currently
+						running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
+						raised above that of the running task? */
+						if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The priority of the running task is being raised,
+						but the running task must already be the highest
+						priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
+					}
+				}
+				else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of the running task down means
+					there may now be another task of higher priority that
+					is ready to execute. */
+					xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
+					require a yield as the running task must be above the
+					new priority of the task being modified. */
+				}
+
+				/* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
+				before its uxPriority member is changed so the
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
+				uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+					currently using an inherited priority. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+					pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+				being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+				nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
+				the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+				in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
+					adding it to it's new ready list.  As we are in a critical
+					section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+						there is no need to check again and the port level
+						reset macro can be called directly. */
+						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
+				optimised task selection is not being used. */
+				( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
+			being suspended. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
+
+			traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
+			suspended list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+				{
+					/* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
+					now suspended, so no notification was received. */
+					pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
+			task that is now in the Suspended state. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The current task has just been suspended. */
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+				to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+				must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+				if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
+				{
+					/* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+					NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+					be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+					is. */
+					pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					vTaskSwitchContext();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		/* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+		configASSERT( xTask );
+
+		/* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
+		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the	Suspended
+				state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
+				{
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+
+		/* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+		currently executing task. */
+		if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+					/* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
+					suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove(  &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
+						but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
+						next yield. */
+						taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
+					suspended list to the ready list directly. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
+					is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
+					unsuspended. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xYieldRequired;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+	#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	{
+		StaticTask_t *pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+		StackType_t *pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+		uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
+
+		/* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
+		address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
+		vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
+		xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvIdleTask,
+												configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+												ulIdleTaskStackSize,
+												( void * ) NULL, /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
+												portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+												pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
+												pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+
+		if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
+		xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvIdleTask,
+								configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+								configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
+								( void * ) NULL,
+								portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+								&xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+	{
+		if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+	if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+	{
+		/* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
+		definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
+		the only macro called by the function. */
+		#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		{
+			freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+		before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
+		the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+		so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+		starts to run. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to the task that will run first. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 && configTLS_STATIC_SIZE > 0 )
+		{
+			/* Switch TLS pointer */
+			_set_tls( &( pxCurrentTCB->ucTls ) );
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+		xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+		xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+
+		/* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+		macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+		the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+		is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
+		have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
+		FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
+		portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+		portable interface. */
+		if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+			function will not return. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
+		because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
+		or the timer task. */
+		configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
+	meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
+	( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+	routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
+	layer must ensure interrupts enable	bit is left in the correct state. */
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+	vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+	BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
+	post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
+	http://goo.gl/wu4acr */
+	++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+	portMEMORY_BARRIER();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
+	{
+	TickType_t xReturn;
+	UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
+		configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
+		task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
+		running. */
+		#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+		{
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
+
+			/* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
+			variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
+			significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
+			above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
+			care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
+		{
+			/* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
+			time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
+			processed. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
+			idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
+			configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB = NULL;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+TickType_t xTicksToNextUnblockTime;
+
+	/* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+	previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+	/* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+	list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
+	removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
+	scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+	tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		--uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+		if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+			{
+				/* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+				appropriate ready list. */
+				while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* If the moved task has a priority higher than the current
+					task then a yield must be performed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
+					which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
+					re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
+					important for low power tickless implementations, where
+					this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
+					state. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+
+				/* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+				they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
+				not	slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
+				time. */
+				while( xPendedTicks > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* Calculate how far into the future the next task will
+					leave the Blocked state because its timeout expired.  If
+					there are no tasks due to leave	the blocked state between
+					the time now and the time at which the tick count overflows
+					then xNextTaskUnblockTime will the tick overflow time.
+					This means xNextTaskUnblockTime can never be less than
+					xTickCount, and the following can therefore not
+					underflow. */
+					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
+					xTicksToNextUnblockTime = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
+
+					/* Don't want to move the tick count more than the number
+					of ticks that are pending, so cap if necessary. */
+					if( xTicksToNextUnblockTime > xPendedTicks )
+					{
+						xTicksToNextUnblockTime = xPendedTicks;
+					}
+
+					if( xTicksToNextUnblockTime == 0 )
+					{
+						/* xTicksToNextUnblockTime could be zero if the tick
+						count is about to overflow and xTicksToNetUnblockTime
+						holds the time at which the tick count will overflow
+						(rather than the time at which the next task will
+						unblock).  Set to 1 otherwise xPendedTicks won't be
+						decremented below. */
+						xTicksToNextUnblockTime = ( TickType_t ) 1;
+					}
+					else if( xTicksToNextUnblockTime > ( TickType_t ) 1 )
+					{
+						/* Move the tick count one short of the next unblock
+						time, then call xTaskIncrementTick() to move the tick
+						count up to the next unblock time to unblock the task,
+						if any.  This will also swap the blocked task and
+						overflow blocked task lists if necessary. */
+						xTickCount += ( xTicksToNextUnblockTime - ( TickType_t ) 1 );
+					}
+					xYieldPending |= xTaskIncrementTick();
+
+					/* Adjust for the number of ticks just added to
+					xTickCount and go around the loop again if
+					xTicksToCatchUp is still greater than 0. */
+					xPendedTicks -= xTicksToNextUnblockTime;
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
+					{
+						xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					#endif
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+TickType_t xTicks;
+
+	/* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+	portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		xTicks = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+TickType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		xReturn = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+	BaseType_t. */
+	return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	/* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
+	queried. */
+	pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+	configASSERT( pxTCB );
+	return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB, *pxReturn = NULL;
+	UBaseType_t x;
+	char cNextChar;
+	BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
+
+		/* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );  /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+				/* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
+				mismatch. */
+				xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
+				for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+				{
+					cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
+
+					if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
+					{
+						/* Characters didn't match. */
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
+					{
+						/* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
+						found. */
+						pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxReturn != NULL )
+				{
+					/* The handle has been found. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+	TCB_t* pxTCB;
+
+		/* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
+		configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Search the ready lists. */
+			do
+			{
+				uxQueue--;
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Found the handle. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+			/* Search the delayed lists. */
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the suspended list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the deleted list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return pxTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
+			if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+			{
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Ready state. */
+				do
+				{
+					uxQueue--;
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
+
+				} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Blocked state. */
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+
+				#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task in the Suspended state. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1)
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+							portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
+						#else
+							*pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+						#endif
+					}
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						*pulTotalRunTime = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+		/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+		started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+		configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+		return xIdleTaskHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
+implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
+1. */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
+	{
+		/* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
+		was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
+		each stepped tick. */
+		configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
+		xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
+		traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp )
+{
+BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Must not be called with the scheduler suspended as the implementation
+	relies on xPendedTicks being wound down to 0 in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+	/* Use xPendedTicks to mimic xTicksToCatchUp number of ticks occuring when
+	the scheduler is suspended so the ticks are executed in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	xPendedTicks += xTicksToCatchUp;
+	xYieldRequired = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	return xYieldRequired;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB = xTask;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
+			it is actually in the Blocked state. */
+			if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
+				interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
+				scheduler is suspended. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
+				the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
+				even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
+				is used. */
+				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+				{
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+						pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+				/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
+				switch if preemption is turned off. */
+				#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
+					performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
+					equal to or higher than the currently executing task. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
+						is unsuspended. */
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+TCB_t * pxTCB;
+TickType_t xItemValue;
+BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+	Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+	tasks to be unblocked. */
+	traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+		block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
+
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
+		delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
+		xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
+
+		if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
+		{
+			taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
+		the	queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
+		has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
+		look any further down the list. */
+		if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+		{
+			for( ;; )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
+					to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
+					unlikely that the
+					if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
+					next time through. */
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					break;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
+					item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
+					at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
+					be removed from the Blocked state. */
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
+					{
+						/* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
+						item value is the time at which the task at the head
+						of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
+						state -	so record the item value in
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
+						break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deedmed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
+					it from the event list. */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
+					list. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
+					context switch if preemption is turned off. */
+					#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+					{
+						/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
+						only be performed if the unblocked task has a
+						priority that is equal to or higher than the
+						currently executing task. */
+						if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
+		processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
+		writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
+		{
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
+			count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
+			if( xPendedTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				vApplicationTickHook();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		++xPendedTicks;
+
+		/* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+		scheduler is locked. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			vApplicationTickHook();
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+	{
+		if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+	return xSwitchRequired;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
+		getting set. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+		switch. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+			#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+				portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+			#else
+				ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+			#endif
+
+			/* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
+			accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
+			stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
+			protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
+			overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
+			against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
+			are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
+			if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
+			{
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+			ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
+		}
+		#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+		/* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
+		taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+		/* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
+		optimised asm code. */
+		taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to this task. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+		#if ( configUSE_PICOLIBC_TLS == 1 && configTLS_STATIC_SIZE > 0 )
+		{
+			/* Switch TLS pointer */
+			_set_tls( &( pxCurrentTCB->ucTls ) );
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+	SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+	This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+	is the first to be woken by the event.  The queue that contains the event
+	list is locked, preventing simultaneous access from interrupts. */
+	vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event groups implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
+
+	/* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
+	event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
+	task that is not in the Blocked state. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
+	list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
+	event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
+	directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
+	the task level). */
+	vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+		configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+		it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+
+		/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+		In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+		be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+		can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+		vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
+		value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
+		if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
+		}
+
+		traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
+	called from a critical section within an ISR. */
+
+	/* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
+	be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
+	the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
+
+	If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+	get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
+	means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
+
+	This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+	pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+		#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+		{
+			/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+			might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+			unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+			normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+			value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+			tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+			at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+			ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+			prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
+		pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+		vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
+		priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
+		it should force a context switch now. */
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+
+		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
+		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event flags implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
+
+	/* Store the new item value in the event list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
+	event flags. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( pxEventListItem );
+
+	/* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
+	scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
+	lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
+		a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
+		scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
+		occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+		pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	/* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
+	pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+	pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+		const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
+
+		#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
+				but has the same result. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+			{
+				/* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
+				specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
+				indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
+		{
+			/* The tick count is greater than the time at which
+			vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
+			vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
+			around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
+			was called. */
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
+		{
+			/* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+			*pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
+			vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			*pxTicksToWait = 0;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+	xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxReturn = 0U;
+		}
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Stop warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	/** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
+	SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
+
+	/* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
+	the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
+	any. */
+	portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( configMINIMAL_SECURE_STACK_SIZE );
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
+		is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
+		prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+		{
+			/* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+			see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
+			preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+			will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+			taskYIELD();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+			timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+			to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+			timeslice.
+
+			A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+			the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
+			the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+			then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				taskYIELD();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+			/* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
+			allows the application designer to add background functionality
+			without the overhead of a separate task.
+			NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+			CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+			vApplicationIdleHook();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
+
+		/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
+		to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
+		user defined low power mode	implementations require
+		configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+		{
+		TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
+
+			/* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
+			each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
+			test of the expected idle time is performed without the
+			scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
+			valid. */
+			xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+			if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+			{
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
+					time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
+					be used. */
+					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
+					xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+					/* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
+					if the application does not want
+					portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
+					configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+					if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+					{
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
+						portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
+	{
+	/* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
+	const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
+	eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
+		{
+			/* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
+			have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
+			then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
+			interrupts. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
+			{
+				eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
+			pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
+	{
+	void *pvReturn = NULL;
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+			pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pvReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pvReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
+		the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+	vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+	using list2. */
+	pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+
+	/** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		being called too often in the idle task. */
+		while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				--uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
+		pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] );
+		pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
+		pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
+		value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
+		state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
+		if( eState != eInvalid )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
+					chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
+					it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
+					if( eState == eSuspended )
+					{
+						vTaskSuspendAll();
+						{
+							if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+							{
+								pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
+							}
+						}
+						( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
+		}
+
+		/* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
+		parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
+		if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			/* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
+			pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
+			pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
+			meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
+				uxTask++;
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
+
+		while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+		{
+			pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+			ulCount++;
+		}
+
+		ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
+
+		return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
+
+	/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+	same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+	user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+	overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+	applications that expect an 8-bit return type. */
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+		/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are
+		the same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
+		allows the user to determine the return type.  It gets around the
+		problem of the value overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking
+		backward compatibility for applications that expect an 8-bit return
+		type. */
+
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		uxReturn = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB )
+	{
+		/* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
+		above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
+		want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
+		portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
+
+		/* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
+		to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			_reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
+			the stack and TCB. */
+			vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+			vPortFree( pxTCB );
+		}
+		#elif( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		{
+			/* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+			check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
+			memory. */
+			if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
+			{
+				/* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
+				must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
+			{
+				/* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
+				only memory that must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
+				nothing needs to be freed. */
+				configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB	);
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
+		the maximum possible value so it is	extremely unlikely that the
+		if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+		there is an item in the delayed list. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+		the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
+		which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+		from the Blocked state. */
+		( pxTCB ) = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		/* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+		an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+		individual execution thread. */
+		xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
+		locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
+		needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
+			the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
+			inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+			{
+				/* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
+				priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
+				not being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
+				to be moved into a new list. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+						there is no need to check again and the port level
+						reset macro can be called directly. */
+						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Just inherit the priority. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+				}
+
+				traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+				/* Inheritance occurred. */
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
+					current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
+					Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
+					priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
+					not been the case. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
+			If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
+			interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
+			be the running state task. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+			( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
+
+			/* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
+			task? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
+					the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
+					given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
+					holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
+					the holding task from the ready/delayed list. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
+					new	ready list. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+
+					/* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
+					any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
+					running to give back the mutex. */
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
+					This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
+					multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
+					in an order different to that in which they were taken.
+					If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
+					returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
+					switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
+					a task is waiting on it or not. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder, UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
+	const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
+			one mutex. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+
+			/* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
+			holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
+			holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
+			priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+
+			/* Does the priority need to change? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
+				simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
+				the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
+				the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
+				{
+					/* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
+					mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
+					its own priority. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
+					priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
+					state. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
+
+					/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+					being used for anything else. */
+					if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+					{
+						listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
+					then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
+					Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
+					from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
+					the task's priority is going to change and there is one
+					Ready list per priority. */
+					if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+						{
+							/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+							there is no need to check again and the port level
+							reset macro can be called directly. */
+							portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+
+						prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+	{
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+
+			/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
+			function so	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
+			context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
+			interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
+			protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
+			critical section. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+			{
+				portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+	{
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
+			{
+				( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName )
+	{
+	size_t x;
+
+		/* Start by copying the entire string. */
+		strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
+
+		/* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
+		printed out. */
+		for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
+		{
+			pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
+		}
+
+		/* Terminate. */
+		pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Return the new end of string. */
+		return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	char cStatus;
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+		 * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays task names, states and stack usage.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
+		 * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
+		 * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
+		 * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
+		 * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
+		 * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
+		 * snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskList().
+		 */
+
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
+
+			/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+			for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+			{
+				switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
+				{
+					case eRunning:		cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eReady:		cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eBlocked:		cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eSuspended:	cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eDeleted:		cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eInvalid:		/* Fall through. */
+					default:			/* Should not get here, but it is included
+										to prevent static checking errors. */
+										cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
+										break;
+				}
+
+				/* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
+				can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
+				pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+				/* Write the rest of the string. */
+				sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+				pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+		#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
+		{
+			#error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
+		 * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
+		 * in both absolute and percentage terms.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
+		 * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
+		 * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
+		 * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
+		 * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
+		 * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
+		 * a full snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		 */
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
+
+			/* For percentage calculations. */
+			ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
+
+			/* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
+			if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+				{
+					/* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+					This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+					ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
+					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
+
+					/* Write the task name to the string, padding with
+					spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
+					easily. */
+					pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+						consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+
+					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
+{
+TickType_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
+	queues and semaphores. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
+	{
+		/* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
+		then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
+		}
+
+		return pxCurrentTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue == 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE();
+			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+
+			if( ulReturn != 0UL )
+			{
+				if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0UL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return ulReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
+				set	by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
+				clear the value to zero. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
+
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT();
+
+			if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
+				have changed. */
+				*pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			/* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
+			blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
+			task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
+			unblocked because of a timeout. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* A notification was not received. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* A notification was already pending or a notification was
+				received while the task was waiting. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction:
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+				{
+					/* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
+					out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
+					a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
+					because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
+					the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+					tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
+					sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
+					earliest possible time. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction :
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			/* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
+			semaphore. */
+			( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+		its notification state cleared. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void )
+	{
+		return xIdleTaskHandle->ulRunTimeCounter;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		/* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
+		reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
+		when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
+		pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
+	as the same list item is used for both lists. */
+	if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
+		check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
+		portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
+		{
+			/* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+			list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
+			indefinitely. */
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+			does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
+			kernel will manage it correctly. */
+			xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+			/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+			listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+			if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+			{
+				/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
+				list. */
+				vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
+				is used. */
+				vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
+				head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+				needs to be updated too. */
+				if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+				{
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	#else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+	{
+		/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+		does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
+		will manage it correctly. */
+		xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+		/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+		if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+		{
+			/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
+			vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+			list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+			too. */
+			if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+			{
+				xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
+		( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+}
+
+/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
+especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
+when performing module tests). */
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
+	#include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#if( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
+
+	#include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
+
+	#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
+		{
+			FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
+		}
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/timers.c b/freertos/timers.c
index 3e9ac813..80c8d9b2 100644
--- a/freertos/timers.c
+++ b/freertos/timers.c
@@ -1,1087 +1,1102 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
- *
- * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include 
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
-	#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
-because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
-for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
-correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
-
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
-to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
-of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
-configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-/* Misc definitions. */
-#define tmrNO_DELAY		( TickType_t ) 0U
-
-/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
-defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
-	#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME "Tmr Svc"
-#endif
-
-/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerControl /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-{
-	const char				*pcTimerName;		/*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	ListItem_t				xTimerListItem;		/*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
-	TickType_t				xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
-	UBaseType_t				uxAutoReload;		/*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired.  Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one-shot timer. */
-	void 					*pvTimerID;			/*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
-	TimerCallbackFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
-	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t			uxTimerNumber;		/*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
-	#endif
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		uint8_t 			ucStaticallyAllocated; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer was created statically so no attempt is made to free the memory again if the timer is later deleted. */
-	#endif
-} xTIMER;
-
-/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
-name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
-
-/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
-Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
-and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
-two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
-and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
-{
-	TickType_t			xMessageValue;		/*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
-	Timer_t *			pxTimer;			/*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
-} TimerParameter_t;
-
-
-typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
-{
-	PendedFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/* << The callback function to execute. */
-	void *pvParameter1;						/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
-	uint32_t ulParameter2;					/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
-} CallbackParameters_t;
-
-/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
-that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
-{
-	BaseType_t			xMessageID;			/*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
-	union
-	{
-		TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
-
-		/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
-		it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
-		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-			CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
-		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-	} u;
-} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
-
-/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
-which static variables must be declared volatile. */
-
-/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
-time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
-timer service task is allowed to access these lists. 
-xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
-breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
-static qualifier. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
-
-/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
-
-/*lint -restore */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	/* If static allocation is supported then the application must provide the
-	following callback function - which enables the application to optionally
-	provide the memory that will be used by the timer task as the task's stack
-	and TCB. */
-	extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize );
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
- * been initialised already.
- */
-static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
- * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
- * xTimerQueue queue.
- */
-static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
- * received on the timer queue.
- */
-static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
- * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
- * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
- */
-static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
- * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
- */
-static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
- * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
- */
-static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
- * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
- * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
- * to pdTRUE.
- */
-static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
- * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
- */
-static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-									void * const pvTimerID,
-									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-	/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
-	configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
-	timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
-	been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
-	prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-	{
-		#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-		{
-			StaticTask_t *pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-			StackType_t *pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-			uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
-
-			vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
-			xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvTimerTask,
-													configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
-													ulTimerTaskStackSize,
-													NULL,
-													( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-													pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
-													pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
-
-			if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
-			{
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvTimerTask,
-									configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
-									configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
-									NULL,
-									( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-									&xTimerTaskHandle );
-		}
-		#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	configASSERT( xReturn );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-								void * const pvTimerID,
-								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
-	{
-	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
-
-		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
-
-		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				timer was created dynamically in case the timer is later
-				deleted. */
-				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-		}
-
-		return pxNewTimer;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-										void * const pvTimerID,
-										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer )
-	{
-	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
-			structure. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
-		}
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-		/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
-		configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
-		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
-
-		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
-				timer was created statically in case it is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-		}
-
-		return pxNewTimer;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-									void * const pvTimerID,
-									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-									Timer_t *pxNewTimer )
-{
-	/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
-	configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-	if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
-		created/initialised. */
-		prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-		/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
-		parameters. */
-		pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
-		pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-		pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
-		pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
-		pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
-		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
-	on a particular timer definition. */
-	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
-		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
-		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-		if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
-		{
-			if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
-			{
-				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-		}
-
-		traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
-{
-	/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-	started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-	configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-	return xTimerTaskHandle;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
-TickType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
-{
-BaseType_t xResult;
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-	/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
-	been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-	traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-	/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
-	expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
-	if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-	{
-		/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
-		other than the current time.  It will therefore be inserted into the
-		correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
-		if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
-			list.  Reload it now.  */
-			xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-			configASSERT( xResult );
-			( void ) xResult;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	/* Call the timer callback. */
-	pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
-
-	/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
-	( void ) pvParameters;
-
-	#if( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
-
-		/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
-		this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
-		application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
-		executing after the scheduler has been started. */
-		vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
-
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
-		obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
-		xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
-
-		/* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
-		until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
-		prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
-
-		/* Empty the command queue. */
-		prvProcessReceivedCommands();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
-		has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
-		then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
-		when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
-		prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
-		xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-		if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
-			if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
-			{
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-				prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
-				time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
-				block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
-				received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
-				be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
-				case when the current timer list is empty. */
-				if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
-					also empty? */
-					xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
-				}
-
-				vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
-
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
-					block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
-					critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
-					will not cause the task to block. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-
-	/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
-	referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
-	the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
-	active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
-	this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
-	timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
-	re-assessed.  */
-	*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-	if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
-		xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-	}
-
-	return xNextExpireTime;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
-
-	xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
-
-	if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
-	{
-		prvSwitchTimerLists();
-		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	xLastTime = xTimeNow;
-
-	return xTimeNow;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
-{
-BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
-
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
-
-	if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
-	{
-		/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
-		timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
-		if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-		{
-			/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
-			processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
-			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
-		{
-			/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
-			but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
-			its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
-			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		}
-	}
-
-	return xProcessTimerNow;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void	prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
-{
-DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-Timer_t *pxTimer;
-BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-
-	while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
-	{
-		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
-			commands. */
-			if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
-
-				/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
-				callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
-				configASSERT( pxCallback );
-
-				/* Call the function. */
-				pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-
-		/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
-		function calls. */
-		if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
-			software timer. */
-			pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
-
-			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
-			{
-				/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
-
-			/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
-			it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
-			called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
-			possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
-			queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
-			pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
-			xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-
-			switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
-			{
-				case tmrCOMMAND_START :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
-					/* Start or restart a timer. */
-					if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer,  xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
-						timer list.  Process it now. */
-						pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-						traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-						if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-						{
-							xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-							configASSERT( xResult );
-							( void ) xResult;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
-					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
-					There is nothing to do here. */
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
-					pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
-					configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-					/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
-					be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
-					therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
-					be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
-					meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
-					no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
-					( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
-					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
-					just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
-					allocated. */
-					#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-					{
-						/* The timer can only have been allocated dynamically -
-						free it again. */
-						vPortFree( pxTimer );
-					}
-					#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-					{
-						/* The timer could have been allocated statically or
-						dynamically, so check before attempting to free the
-						memory. */
-						if( pxTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-						{
-							vPortFree( pxTimer );
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-					break;
-
-				default	:
-					/* Don't expect to get here. */
-					break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
-List_t *pxTemp;
-Timer_t *pxTimer;
-BaseType_t xResult;
-
-	/* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
-	If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
-	then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
-	are switched. */
-	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-
-		/* Remove the timer from the list. */
-		pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-		/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
-		it is an auto-reload timer.  It cannot be restarted here as the lists
-		have not yet been switched. */
-		pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-
-		if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-		{
-			/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
-			the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
-			and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
-			processed again within this loop.  Otherwise a command should be sent
-			to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
-			the lists have been swapped. */
-			xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
-			if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
-			{
-				listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
-				listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
-				vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-				configASSERT( xResult );
-				( void ) xResult;
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
-	pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
-	pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
-{
-	/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
-	queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
-	initialised. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
-		{
-			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
-			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
-			pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
-			pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
-				configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
-				static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
-				static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
-
-				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-			{
-				if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-				{
-					vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-BaseType_t xTimerIsInActiveList;
-Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
-		it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
-		one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
-		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
-		{
-			xTimerIsInActiveList = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTimerIsInActiveList = pdTRUE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xTimerIsInActiveList;
-} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-void *pvReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
-{
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-		daemon task. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-		xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
-		after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
-		queue does not exist. */
-		configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
-
-		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-		daemon task. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-		xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-
-		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-	{
-		return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
-	{
-		( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
-to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
-functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
+	#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
+
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY		( TickType_t ) 0U
+
+/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
+defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME "Tmr Svc"
+#endif
+
+/* Bit definitions used in the ucStatus member of a timer structure. */
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE					( ( uint8_t ) 0x01 )
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED	( ( uint8_t ) 0x02 )
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD				( ( uint8_t ) 0x04 )
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	const char				*pcTimerName;		/*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	ListItem_t				xTimerListItem;		/*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+	TickType_t				xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+	void 					*pvTimerID;			/*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+	TimerCallbackFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t			uxTimerNumber;		/*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
+	#endif
+	uint8_t 				ucStatus;			/*<< Holds bits to say if the timer was statically allocated or not, and if it is active or not. */
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
+Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
+and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
+two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
+and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
+{
+	TickType_t			xMessageValue;		/*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+	Timer_t *			pxTimer;			/*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} TimerParameter_t;
+
+
+typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
+{
+	PendedFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/* << The callback function to execute. */
+	void *pvParameter1;						/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
+	uint32_t ulParameter2;					/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
+} CallbackParameters_t;
+
+/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
+that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+	BaseType_t			xMessageID;			/*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+	union
+	{
+		TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
+
+		/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
+		it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+			CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+	} u;
+} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access these lists.
+xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
+breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
+static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	/* If static allocation is supported then the application must provide the
+	following callback function - which enables the application to optionally
+	provide the memory that will be used by the timer task as the task's stack
+	and TCB. */
+	extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize );
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvTimerTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+	/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+	configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
+	timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
+	been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+	prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			StaticTask_t *pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+			StackType_t *pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+			uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
+
+			vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
+			xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvTimerTask,
+													configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+													ulTimerTaskStackSize,
+													NULL,
+													( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+													pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
+													pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
+
+			if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvTimerTask,
+									configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+									configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
+									NULL,
+									( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+									&xTimerTaskHandle );
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	configASSERT( xReturn );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+								void * const pvTimerID,
+								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Status is thus far zero as the timer is not created statically
+			and has not been started.  The autoreload bit may get set in
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer. */
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus = 0x00;
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+										void * const pvTimerID,
+										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
+		configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
+			timer was created statically in case it is later deleted.  The
+			autoreload bit may get set in prvInitialiseNewTimer(). */
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus = tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer )
+{
+	/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+	if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+		created/initialised. */
+		prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+		/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
+		parameters. */
+		pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+		pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+		pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+		pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+		traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+	on a particular timer definition. */
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+		if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
+		{
+			if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+
+		traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
+{
+	/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+	started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+	return xTimerTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+TickType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
+{
+BaseType_t xResult;
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+	/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
+	been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+	/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
+	expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+	if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+	{
+		/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
+		other than the current time.  It will therefore be inserted into the
+		correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
+		if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+			list.  Reload it now.  */
+			xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			configASSERT( xResult );
+			( void ) xResult;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Call the timer callback. */
+	pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvTimerTask, pvParameters )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
+
+	/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	#if( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
+
+		/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
+		this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
+		application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
+		executing after the scheduler has been started. */
+		vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+		obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+		xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
+		until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+		prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* Empty the command queue. */
+		prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+		has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+		then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+		when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+		prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
+		xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+		if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+			if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+			{
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+				prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+				time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
+				block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+				received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
+				be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+				case when the current timer list is empty. */
+				if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
+					also empty? */
+					xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
+				}
+
+				vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
+
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
+					block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
+					critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
+					will not cause the task to block. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+
+	/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+	referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
+	the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
+	active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
+	this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+	timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+	re-assessed.  */
+	*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+		xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+
+	return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
+
+	xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+	if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+	{
+		prvSwitchTimerLists();
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+	return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
+{
+BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+	if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+	{
+		/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+		timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+		if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+		{
+			/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+			processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+		{
+			/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+			but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+			its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void	prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+
+	while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
+	{
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
+			commands. */
+			if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
+
+				/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
+				callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
+				configASSERT( pxCallback );
+
+				/* Call the function. */
+				pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+
+		/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
+		function calls. */
+		if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
+			software timer. */
+			pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
+
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
+			{
+				/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
+
+			/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
+			it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
+			called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
+			possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
+			queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
+			pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
+			xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+			switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+			{
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
+					/* Start or restart a timer. */
+					pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer,  xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
+						timer list.  Process it now. */
+						pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+						traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+						if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+						{
+							xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+							configASSERT( xResult );
+							( void ) xResult;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
+					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list. */
+					pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
+					pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
+					configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+					/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
+					be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
+					therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
+					be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
+					meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
+					no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
+					( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+					#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+					{
+						/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+						just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
+						allocated. */
+						if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+						{
+							vPortFree( pxTimer );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+						}
+					}
+					#else
+					{
+						/* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
+						could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
+						no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
+						"not active". */
+						pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					}
+					#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+					break;
+
+				default	:
+					/* Don't expect to get here. */
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+List_t *pxTemp;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xResult;
+
+	/* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
+	If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+	then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+	are switched. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+		/* Remove the timer from the list. */
+		pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+		/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+		it is an auto-reload timer.  It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+		have not yet been switched. */
+		pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+
+		if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+		{
+			/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+			the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+			and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+			processed again within this loop.  Otherwise a command should be sent
+			to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+			the lists have been swapped. */
+			xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+			if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+			{
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+				vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+				configASSERT( xResult );
+				( void ) xResult;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+	pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+	pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+	/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+	queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+	initialised. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+		{
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+			pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+			pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
+				configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
+				static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+				static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			{
+				if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+				{
+					vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE ) == 0 )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+void *pvReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
+		after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
+		queue does not exist. */
+		configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	{
+		return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
+
+
+